1 /* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */ 2 #ifndef __NET_CFG80211_H 3 #define __NET_CFG80211_H 4 /* 5 * 802.11 device and configuration interface 6 * 7 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net> 8 * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH 9 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH 10 * Copyright (C) 2018-2021 Intel Corporation 11 */ 12 13 #include <linux/ethtool.h> 14 #include <uapi/linux/rfkill.h> 15 #include <linux/netdevice.h> 16 #include <linux/debugfs.h> 17 #include <linux/list.h> 18 #include <linux/bug.h> 19 #include <linux/netlink.h> 20 #include <linux/skbuff.h> 21 #include <linux/nl80211.h> 22 #include <linux/if_ether.h> 23 #include <linux/ieee80211.h> 24 #include <linux/net.h> 25 #include <linux/rfkill.h> 26 #include <net/regulatory.h> 27 28 /** 29 * DOC: Introduction 30 * 31 * cfg80211 is the configuration API for 802.11 devices in Linux. It bridges 32 * userspace and drivers, and offers some utility functionality associated 33 * with 802.11. cfg80211 must, directly or indirectly via mac80211, be used 34 * by all modern wireless drivers in Linux, so that they offer a consistent 35 * API through nl80211. For backward compatibility, cfg80211 also offers 36 * wireless extensions to userspace, but hides them from drivers completely. 37 * 38 * Additionally, cfg80211 contains code to help enforce regulatory spectrum 39 * use restrictions. 40 */ 41 42 43 /** 44 * DOC: Device registration 45 * 46 * In order for a driver to use cfg80211, it must register the hardware device 47 * with cfg80211. This happens through a number of hardware capability structs 48 * described below. 49 * 50 * The fundamental structure for each device is the 'wiphy', of which each 51 * instance describes a physical wireless device connected to the system. Each 52 * such wiphy can have zero, one, or many virtual interfaces associated with 53 * it, which need to be identified as such by pointing the network interface's 54 * @ieee80211_ptr pointer to a &struct wireless_dev which further describes 55 * the wireless part of the interface, normally this struct is embedded in the 56 * network interface's private data area. Drivers can optionally allow creating 57 * or destroying virtual interfaces on the fly, but without at least one or the 58 * ability to create some the wireless device isn't useful. 59 * 60 * Each wiphy structure contains device capability information, and also has 61 * a pointer to the various operations the driver offers. The definitions and 62 * structures here describe these capabilities in detail. 63 */ 64 65 struct wiphy; 66 67 /* 68 * wireless hardware capability structures 69 */ 70 71 /** 72 * enum ieee80211_channel_flags - channel flags 73 * 74 * Channel flags set by the regulatory control code. 75 * 76 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED: This channel is disabled. 77 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR: do not initiate radiation, this includes 78 * sending probe requests or beaconing. 79 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR: Radar detection is required on this channel. 80 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS: extension channel above this channel 81 * is not permitted. 82 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS: extension channel below this channel 83 * is not permitted. 84 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM: OFDM is not allowed on this channel. 85 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ: If the driver supports 80 MHz on the band, 86 * this flag indicates that an 80 MHz channel cannot use this 87 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 88 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 89 * restrictions. 90 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ: If the driver supports 160 MHz on the band, 91 * this flag indicates that an 160 MHz channel cannot use this 92 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 93 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 94 * restrictions. 95 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY 96 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT: see %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT 97 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz bandwidth is not permitted 98 * on this channel. 99 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz bandwidth is not permitted 100 * on this channel. 101 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE: HE operation is not permitted on this channel. 102 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_1MHZ: 1 MHz bandwidth is permitted 103 * on this channel. 104 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_2MHZ: 2 MHz bandwidth is permitted 105 * on this channel. 106 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_4MHZ: 4 MHz bandwidth is permitted 107 * on this channel. 108 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_8MHZ: 8 MHz bandwidth is permitted 109 * on this channel. 110 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_16MHZ: 16 MHz bandwidth is permitted 111 * on this channel. 112 * @IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_320MHZ: If the driver supports 320 MHz on the band, 113 * this flag indicates that a 320 MHz channel cannot use this 114 * channel as the control or any of the secondary channels. 115 * This may be due to the driver or due to regulatory bandwidth 116 * restrictions. 117 */ 118 enum ieee80211_channel_flags { 119 IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED = 1<<0, 120 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_IR = 1<<1, 121 /* hole at 1<<2 */ 122 IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR = 1<<3, 123 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS = 1<<4, 124 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS = 1<<5, 125 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_OFDM = 1<<6, 126 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_80MHZ = 1<<7, 127 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_160MHZ = 1<<8, 128 IEEE80211_CHAN_INDOOR_ONLY = 1<<9, 129 IEEE80211_CHAN_IR_CONCURRENT = 1<<10, 130 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_20MHZ = 1<<11, 131 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_10MHZ = 1<<12, 132 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HE = 1<<13, 133 IEEE80211_CHAN_1MHZ = 1<<14, 134 IEEE80211_CHAN_2MHZ = 1<<15, 135 IEEE80211_CHAN_4MHZ = 1<<16, 136 IEEE80211_CHAN_8MHZ = 1<<17, 137 IEEE80211_CHAN_16MHZ = 1<<18, 138 IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_320MHZ = 1<<19, 139 }; 140 141 #define IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40 \ 142 (IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40PLUS | IEEE80211_CHAN_NO_HT40MINUS) 143 144 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_CAC_TIME_MS 60000 145 #define IEEE80211_DFS_MIN_NOP_TIME_MS (30 * 60 * 1000) 146 147 /** 148 * struct ieee80211_channel - channel definition 149 * 150 * This structure describes a single channel for use 151 * with cfg80211. 152 * 153 * @center_freq: center frequency in MHz 154 * @freq_offset: offset from @center_freq, in KHz 155 * @hw_value: hardware-specific value for the channel 156 * @flags: channel flags from &enum ieee80211_channel_flags. 157 * @orig_flags: channel flags at registration time, used by regulatory 158 * code to support devices with additional restrictions 159 * @band: band this channel belongs to. 160 * @max_antenna_gain: maximum antenna gain in dBi 161 * @max_power: maximum transmission power (in dBm) 162 * @max_reg_power: maximum regulatory transmission power (in dBm) 163 * @beacon_found: helper to regulatory code to indicate when a beacon 164 * has been found on this channel. Use regulatory_hint_found_beacon() 165 * to enable this, this is useful only on 5 GHz band. 166 * @orig_mag: internal use 167 * @orig_mpwr: internal use 168 * @dfs_state: current state of this channel. Only relevant if radar is required 169 * on this channel. 170 * @dfs_state_entered: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered. 171 * @dfs_cac_ms: DFS CAC time in milliseconds, this is valid for DFS channels. 172 */ 173 struct ieee80211_channel { 174 enum nl80211_band band; 175 u32 center_freq; 176 u16 freq_offset; 177 u16 hw_value; 178 u32 flags; 179 int max_antenna_gain; 180 int max_power; 181 int max_reg_power; 182 bool beacon_found; 183 u32 orig_flags; 184 int orig_mag, orig_mpwr; 185 enum nl80211_dfs_state dfs_state; 186 unsigned long dfs_state_entered; 187 unsigned int dfs_cac_ms; 188 }; 189 190 /** 191 * enum ieee80211_rate_flags - rate flags 192 * 193 * Hardware/specification flags for rates. These are structured 194 * in a way that allows using the same bitrate structure for 195 * different bands/PHY modes. 196 * 197 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Hardware can send with short 198 * preamble on this bitrate; only relevant in 2.4GHz band and 199 * with CCK rates. 200 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 201 * when used with 802.11a (on the 5 GHz band); filled by the 202 * core code when registering the wiphy. 203 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 204 * when used with 802.11b (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the 205 * core code when registering the wiphy. 206 * @IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G: This bitrate is a mandatory rate 207 * when used with 802.11g (on the 2.4 GHz band); filled by the 208 * core code when registering the wiphy. 209 * @IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G: This is an ERP rate in 802.11g mode. 210 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ: Rate can be used in 5 MHz mode 211 * @IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ: Rate can be used in 10 MHz mode 212 */ 213 enum ieee80211_rate_flags { 214 IEEE80211_RATE_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<0, 215 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_A = 1<<1, 216 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_B = 1<<2, 217 IEEE80211_RATE_MANDATORY_G = 1<<3, 218 IEEE80211_RATE_ERP_G = 1<<4, 219 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ = 1<<5, 220 IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ = 1<<6, 221 }; 222 223 /** 224 * enum ieee80211_bss_type - BSS type filter 225 * 226 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS: Infrastructure BSS 227 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS: Personal BSS 228 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS: Independent BSS 229 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS: Mesh BSS 230 * @IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any BSS type 231 */ 232 enum ieee80211_bss_type { 233 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ESS, 234 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_PBSS, 235 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, 236 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_MBSS, 237 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_ANY 238 }; 239 240 /** 241 * enum ieee80211_privacy - BSS privacy filter 242 * 243 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON: privacy bit set 244 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF: privacy bit clear 245 * @IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY: Wildcard value for matching any privacy setting 246 */ 247 enum ieee80211_privacy { 248 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON, 249 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF, 250 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY 251 }; 252 253 #define IEEE80211_PRIVACY(x) \ 254 ((x) ? IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ON : IEEE80211_PRIVACY_OFF) 255 256 /** 257 * struct ieee80211_rate - bitrate definition 258 * 259 * This structure describes a bitrate that an 802.11 PHY can 260 * operate with. The two values @hw_value and @hw_value_short 261 * are only for driver use when pointers to this structure are 262 * passed around. 263 * 264 * @flags: rate-specific flags 265 * @bitrate: bitrate in units of 100 Kbps 266 * @hw_value: driver/hardware value for this rate 267 * @hw_value_short: driver/hardware value for this rate when 268 * short preamble is used 269 */ 270 struct ieee80211_rate { 271 u32 flags; 272 u16 bitrate; 273 u16 hw_value, hw_value_short; 274 }; 275 276 /** 277 * struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd - AP settings for spatial reuse 278 * 279 * @enable: is the feature enabled. 280 * @sr_ctrl: The SR Control field of SRP element. 281 * @non_srg_max_offset: non-SRG maximum tx power offset 282 * @min_offset: minimal tx power offset an associated station shall use 283 * @max_offset: maximum tx power offset an associated station shall use 284 * @bss_color_bitmap: bitmap that indicates the BSS color values used by 285 * members of the SRG 286 * @partial_bssid_bitmap: bitmap that indicates the partial BSSID values 287 * used by members of the SRG 288 */ 289 struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd { 290 bool enable; 291 u8 sr_ctrl; 292 u8 non_srg_max_offset; 293 u8 min_offset; 294 u8 max_offset; 295 u8 bss_color_bitmap[8]; 296 u8 partial_bssid_bitmap[8]; 297 }; 298 299 /** 300 * struct cfg80211_he_bss_color - AP settings for BSS coloring 301 * 302 * @color: the current color. 303 * @enabled: HE BSS color is used 304 * @partial: define the AID equation. 305 */ 306 struct cfg80211_he_bss_color { 307 u8 color; 308 bool enabled; 309 bool partial; 310 }; 311 312 /** 313 * struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap - STA's HT capabilities 314 * 315 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 316 * to describe 802.11n HT capabilities for an STA. 317 * 318 * @ht_supported: is HT supported by the STA 319 * @cap: HT capabilities map as described in 802.11n spec 320 * @ampdu_factor: Maximum A-MPDU length factor 321 * @ampdu_density: Minimum A-MPDU spacing 322 * @mcs: Supported MCS rates 323 */ 324 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap { 325 u16 cap; /* use IEEE80211_HT_CAP_ */ 326 bool ht_supported; 327 u8 ampdu_factor; 328 u8 ampdu_density; 329 struct ieee80211_mcs_info mcs; 330 }; 331 332 /** 333 * struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap - STA's VHT capabilities 334 * 335 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 336 * to describe 802.11ac VHT capabilities for an STA. 337 * 338 * @vht_supported: is VHT supported by the STA 339 * @cap: VHT capabilities map as described in 802.11ac spec 340 * @vht_mcs: Supported VHT MCS rates 341 */ 342 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap { 343 bool vht_supported; 344 u32 cap; /* use IEEE80211_VHT_CAP_ */ 345 struct ieee80211_vht_mcs_info vht_mcs; 346 }; 347 348 #define IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN 25 349 350 /** 351 * struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap - STA's HE capabilities 352 * 353 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 354 * to describe 802.11ax HE capabilities for a STA. 355 * 356 * @has_he: true iff HE data is valid. 357 * @he_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the HE capabilities element. 358 * @he_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations. 359 * @ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data. 360 */ 361 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap { 362 bool has_he; 363 struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem he_cap_elem; 364 struct ieee80211_he_mcs_nss_supp he_mcs_nss_supp; 365 u8 ppe_thres[IEEE80211_HE_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN]; 366 }; 367 368 /** 369 * struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp - EHT max supported NSS per MCS 370 * 371 * See P802.11be_D1.3 Table 9-401k - "Subfields of the Supported EHT-MCS 372 * and NSS Set field" 373 * 374 * @only_20mhz: MCS/NSS support for 20 MHz-only STA. 375 * @bw._80: MCS/NSS support for BW <= 80 MHz 376 * @bw._160: MCS/NSS support for BW = 160 MHz 377 * @bw._320: MCS/NSS support for BW = 320 MHz 378 */ 379 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp { 380 union { 381 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_20mhz_only only_20mhz; 382 struct { 383 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _80; 384 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _160; 385 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp_bw _320; 386 } __packed bw; 387 } __packed; 388 } __packed; 389 390 #define IEEE80211_EHT_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN 32 391 392 /** 393 * struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap - STA's EHT capabilities 394 * 395 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 396 * to describe 802.11be EHT capabilities for a STA. 397 * 398 * @has_eht: true iff EHT data is valid. 399 * @eht_cap_elem: Fixed portion of the eht capabilities element. 400 * @eht_mcs_nss_supp: The supported NSS/MCS combinations. 401 * @eht_ppe_thres: Holds the PPE Thresholds data. 402 */ 403 struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap { 404 bool has_eht; 405 struct ieee80211_eht_cap_elem_fixed eht_cap_elem; 406 struct ieee80211_eht_mcs_nss_supp eht_mcs_nss_supp; 407 u8 eht_ppe_thres[IEEE80211_EHT_PPE_THRES_MAX_LEN]; 408 }; 409 410 /** 411 * struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data - sband data per interface type 412 * 413 * This structure encapsulates sband data that is relevant for the 414 * interface types defined in @types_mask. Each type in the 415 * @types_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_data. 416 * 417 * @types_mask: interface types mask 418 * @he_cap: holds the HE capabilities 419 * @he_6ghz_capa: HE 6 GHz capabilities, must be filled in for a 420 * 6 GHz band channel (and 0 may be valid value). 421 * @vendor_elems: vendor element(s) to advertise 422 * @vendor_elems.data: vendor element(s) data 423 * @vendor_elems.len: vendor element(s) length 424 */ 425 struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data { 426 u16 types_mask; 427 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap; 428 struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa he_6ghz_capa; 429 struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap eht_cap; 430 struct { 431 const u8 *data; 432 unsigned int len; 433 } vendor_elems; 434 }; 435 436 /** 437 * enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config - allowed channel bandwidth configurations 438 * 439 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4: 2.16GHz 440 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5: 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz 441 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 6.48GHz 442 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 8.64GHz 443 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8: 2.16GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 444 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz and 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 445 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz and 2.16GHz+2.16GHz 446 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz and 447 * 2.16GHz+2.16GHz 448 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12: 2.16GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 449 * 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 450 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 451 * 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 452 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz 453 * and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 454 * @IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15: 2.16GHz, 4.32GHz, 6.48GHz, 8.64GHz, 455 * 2.16GHz + 2.16GHz and 4.32GHz + 4.32GHz 456 */ 457 enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config { 458 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_4 = 4, 459 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_5 = 5, 460 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_6 = 6, 461 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_7 = 7, 462 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_8 = 8, 463 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_9 = 9, 464 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_10 = 10, 465 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_11 = 11, 466 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_12 = 12, 467 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_13 = 13, 468 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_14 = 14, 469 IEEE80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_15 = 15, 470 }; 471 472 /** 473 * struct ieee80211_edmg - EDMG configuration 474 * 475 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 476 * to describe 802.11ay EDMG configuration 477 * 478 * @channels: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz channel(s) 479 * that are allowed to be used for transmissions. 480 * Bit 0 indicates channel 1, bit 1 indicates channel 2, etc. 481 * Set to 0 indicate EDMG not supported. 482 * @bw_config: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes 483 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations 484 */ 485 struct ieee80211_edmg { 486 u8 channels; 487 enum ieee80211_edmg_bw_config bw_config; 488 }; 489 490 /** 491 * struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap - STA's S1G capabilities 492 * 493 * This structure describes most essential parameters needed 494 * to describe 802.11ah S1G capabilities for a STA. 495 * 496 * @s1g_supported: is STA an S1G STA 497 * @cap: S1G capabilities information 498 * @nss_mcs: Supported NSS MCS set 499 */ 500 struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap { 501 bool s1g; 502 u8 cap[10]; /* use S1G_CAPAB_ */ 503 u8 nss_mcs[5]; 504 }; 505 506 /** 507 * struct ieee80211_supported_band - frequency band definition 508 * 509 * This structure describes a frequency band a wiphy 510 * is able to operate in. 511 * 512 * @channels: Array of channels the hardware can operate with 513 * in this band. 514 * @band: the band this structure represents 515 * @n_channels: Number of channels in @channels 516 * @bitrates: Array of bitrates the hardware can operate with 517 * in this band. Must be sorted to give a valid "supported 518 * rates" IE, i.e. CCK rates first, then OFDM. 519 * @n_bitrates: Number of bitrates in @bitrates 520 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities in this band 521 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities in this band 522 * @s1g_cap: S1G capabilities in this band 523 * @edmg_cap: EDMG capabilities in this band 524 * @s1g_cap: S1G capabilities in this band (S1B band only, of course) 525 * @n_iftype_data: number of iftype data entries 526 * @iftype_data: interface type data entries. Note that the bits in 527 * @types_mask inside this structure cannot overlap (i.e. only 528 * one occurrence of each type is allowed across all instances of 529 * iftype_data). 530 */ 531 struct ieee80211_supported_band { 532 struct ieee80211_channel *channels; 533 struct ieee80211_rate *bitrates; 534 enum nl80211_band band; 535 int n_channels; 536 int n_bitrates; 537 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap; 538 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap; 539 struct ieee80211_sta_s1g_cap s1g_cap; 540 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg_cap; 541 u16 n_iftype_data; 542 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *iftype_data; 543 }; 544 545 /** 546 * ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data - return sband data for a given iftype 547 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on 548 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 549 * 550 * Return: pointer to struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data, or NULL is none found 551 */ 552 static inline const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data * 553 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 554 u8 iftype) 555 { 556 int i; 557 558 if (WARN_ON(iftype >= NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX)) 559 return NULL; 560 561 for (i = 0; i < sband->n_iftype_data; i++) { 562 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 563 &sband->iftype_data[i]; 564 565 if (data->types_mask & BIT(iftype)) 566 return data; 567 } 568 569 return NULL; 570 } 571 572 /** 573 * ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap - return HE capabilities for an sband's iftype 574 * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on 575 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 576 * 577 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap, or NULL is none found 578 */ 579 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap * 580 ieee80211_get_he_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 581 u8 iftype) 582 { 583 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 584 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); 585 586 if (data && data->he_cap.has_he) 587 return &data->he_cap; 588 589 return NULL; 590 } 591 592 /** 593 * ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa - return HE 6 GHz capabilities 594 * @sband: the sband to search for the STA on 595 * @iftype: the iftype to search for 596 * 597 * Return: the 6GHz capabilities 598 */ 599 static inline __le16 600 ieee80211_get_he_6ghz_capa(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 601 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 602 { 603 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 604 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); 605 606 if (WARN_ON(!data || !data->he_cap.has_he)) 607 return 0; 608 609 return data->he_6ghz_capa.capa; 610 } 611 612 /** 613 * ieee80211_get_eht_iftype_cap - return ETH capabilities for an sband's iftype 614 * @sband: the sband to search for the iftype on 615 * @iftype: enum nl80211_iftype 616 * 617 * Return: pointer to the struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap, or NULL is none found 618 */ 619 static inline const struct ieee80211_sta_eht_cap * 620 ieee80211_get_eht_iftype_cap(const struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 621 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 622 { 623 const struct ieee80211_sband_iftype_data *data = 624 ieee80211_get_sband_iftype_data(sband, iftype); 625 626 if (data && data->eht_cap.has_eht) 627 return &data->eht_cap; 628 629 return NULL; 630 } 631 632 /** 633 * wiphy_read_of_freq_limits - read frequency limits from device tree 634 * 635 * @wiphy: the wireless device to get extra limits for 636 * 637 * Some devices may have extra limitations specified in DT. This may be useful 638 * for chipsets that normally support more bands but are limited due to board 639 * design (e.g. by antennas or external power amplifier). 640 * 641 * This function reads info from DT and uses it to *modify* channels (disable 642 * unavailable ones). It's usually a *bad* idea to use it in drivers with 643 * shared channel data as DT limitations are device specific. You should make 644 * sure to call it only if channels in wiphy are copied and can be modified 645 * without affecting other devices. 646 * 647 * As this function access device node it has to be called after set_wiphy_dev. 648 * It also modifies channels so they have to be set first. 649 * If using this helper, call it before wiphy_register(). 650 */ 651 #ifdef CONFIG_OF 652 void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy); 653 #else /* CONFIG_OF */ 654 static inline void wiphy_read_of_freq_limits(struct wiphy *wiphy) 655 { 656 } 657 #endif /* !CONFIG_OF */ 658 659 660 /* 661 * Wireless hardware/device configuration structures and methods 662 */ 663 664 /** 665 * DOC: Actions and configuration 666 * 667 * Each wireless device and each virtual interface offer a set of configuration 668 * operations and other actions that are invoked by userspace. Each of these 669 * actions is described in the operations structure, and the parameters these 670 * operations use are described separately. 671 * 672 * Additionally, some operations are asynchronous and expect to get status 673 * information via some functions that drivers need to call. 674 * 675 * Scanning and BSS list handling with its associated functionality is described 676 * in a separate chapter. 677 */ 678 679 #define VHT_MUMIMO_GROUPS_DATA_LEN (WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN +\ 680 WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN) 681 682 /** 683 * struct vif_params - describes virtual interface parameters 684 * @flags: monitor interface flags, unchanged if 0, otherwise 685 * %MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED will be set 686 * @use_4addr: use 4-address frames 687 * @macaddr: address to use for this virtual interface. 688 * If this parameter is set to zero address the driver may 689 * determine the address as needed. 690 * This feature is only fully supported by drivers that enable the 691 * %NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE flag. Others may support creating 692 ** only p2p devices with specified MAC. 693 * @vht_mumimo_groups: MU-MIMO groupID, used for monitoring MU-MIMO packets 694 * belonging to that MU-MIMO groupID; %NULL if not changed 695 * @vht_mumimo_follow_addr: MU-MIMO follow address, used for monitoring 696 * MU-MIMO packets going to the specified station; %NULL if not changed 697 */ 698 struct vif_params { 699 u32 flags; 700 int use_4addr; 701 u8 macaddr[ETH_ALEN]; 702 const u8 *vht_mumimo_groups; 703 const u8 *vht_mumimo_follow_addr; 704 }; 705 706 /** 707 * struct key_params - key information 708 * 709 * Information about a key 710 * 711 * @key: key material 712 * @key_len: length of key material 713 * @cipher: cipher suite selector 714 * @seq: sequence counter (IV/PN) for TKIP and CCMP keys, only used 715 * with the get_key() callback, must be in little endian, 716 * length given by @seq_len. 717 * @seq_len: length of @seq. 718 * @vlan_id: vlan_id for VLAN group key (if nonzero) 719 * @mode: key install mode (RX_TX, NO_TX or SET_TX) 720 */ 721 struct key_params { 722 const u8 *key; 723 const u8 *seq; 724 int key_len; 725 int seq_len; 726 u16 vlan_id; 727 u32 cipher; 728 enum nl80211_key_mode mode; 729 }; 730 731 /** 732 * struct cfg80211_chan_def - channel definition 733 * @chan: the (control) channel 734 * @width: channel width 735 * @center_freq1: center frequency of first segment 736 * @center_freq2: center frequency of second segment 737 * (only with 80+80 MHz) 738 * @edmg: define the EDMG channels configuration. 739 * If edmg is requested (i.e. the .channels member is non-zero), 740 * chan will define the primary channel and all other 741 * parameters are ignored. 742 * @freq1_offset: offset from @center_freq1, in KHz 743 */ 744 struct cfg80211_chan_def { 745 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 746 enum nl80211_chan_width width; 747 u32 center_freq1; 748 u32 center_freq2; 749 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg; 750 u16 freq1_offset; 751 }; 752 753 /* 754 * cfg80211_bitrate_mask - masks for bitrate control 755 */ 756 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask { 757 struct { 758 u32 legacy; 759 u8 ht_mcs[IEEE80211_HT_MCS_MASK_LEN]; 760 u16 vht_mcs[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX]; 761 u16 he_mcs[NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX]; 762 enum nl80211_txrate_gi gi; 763 enum nl80211_he_gi he_gi; 764 enum nl80211_he_ltf he_ltf; 765 } control[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 766 }; 767 768 769 /** 770 * struct cfg80211_tid_cfg - TID specific configuration 771 * @config_override: Flag to notify driver to reset TID configuration 772 * of the peer. 773 * @tids: bitmap of TIDs to modify 774 * @mask: bitmap of attributes indicating which parameter changed, 775 * similar to &nl80211_tid_config_supp. 776 * @noack: noack configuration value for the TID 777 * @retry_long: retry count value 778 * @retry_short: retry count value 779 * @ampdu: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation 780 * @rtscts: Enable/Disable RTS/CTS 781 * @amsdu: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation 782 * @txrate_type: Tx bitrate mask type 783 * @txrate_mask: Tx bitrate to be applied for the TID 784 */ 785 struct cfg80211_tid_cfg { 786 bool config_override; 787 u8 tids; 788 u64 mask; 789 enum nl80211_tid_config noack; 790 u8 retry_long, retry_short; 791 enum nl80211_tid_config ampdu; 792 enum nl80211_tid_config rtscts; 793 enum nl80211_tid_config amsdu; 794 enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting txrate_type; 795 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask txrate_mask; 796 }; 797 798 /** 799 * struct cfg80211_tid_config - TID configuration 800 * @peer: Station's MAC address 801 * @n_tid_conf: Number of TID specific configurations to be applied 802 * @tid_conf: Configuration change info 803 */ 804 struct cfg80211_tid_config { 805 const u8 *peer; 806 u32 n_tid_conf; 807 struct cfg80211_tid_cfg tid_conf[]; 808 }; 809 810 /** 811 * struct cfg80211_fils_aad - FILS AAD data 812 * @macaddr: STA MAC address 813 * @kek: FILS KEK 814 * @kek_len: FILS KEK length 815 * @snonce: STA Nonce 816 * @anonce: AP Nonce 817 */ 818 struct cfg80211_fils_aad { 819 const u8 *macaddr; 820 const u8 *kek; 821 u8 kek_len; 822 const u8 *snonce; 823 const u8 *anonce; 824 }; 825 826 /** 827 * cfg80211_get_chandef_type - return old channel type from chandef 828 * @chandef: the channel definition 829 * 830 * Return: The old channel type (NOHT, HT20, HT40+/-) from a given 831 * chandef, which must have a bandwidth allowing this conversion. 832 */ 833 static inline enum nl80211_channel_type 834 cfg80211_get_chandef_type(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 835 { 836 switch (chandef->width) { 837 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 838 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; 839 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 840 return NL80211_CHAN_HT20; 841 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 842 if (chandef->center_freq1 > chandef->chan->center_freq) 843 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS; 844 return NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS; 845 default: 846 WARN_ON(1); 847 return NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT; 848 } 849 } 850 851 /** 852 * cfg80211_chandef_create - create channel definition using channel type 853 * @chandef: the channel definition struct to fill 854 * @channel: the control channel 855 * @chantype: the channel type 856 * 857 * Given a channel type, create a channel definition. 858 */ 859 void cfg80211_chandef_create(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 860 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 861 enum nl80211_channel_type chantype); 862 863 /** 864 * cfg80211_chandef_identical - check if two channel definitions are identical 865 * @chandef1: first channel definition 866 * @chandef2: second channel definition 867 * 868 * Return: %true if the channels defined by the channel definitions are 869 * identical, %false otherwise. 870 */ 871 static inline bool 872 cfg80211_chandef_identical(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, 873 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2) 874 { 875 return (chandef1->chan == chandef2->chan && 876 chandef1->width == chandef2->width && 877 chandef1->center_freq1 == chandef2->center_freq1 && 878 chandef1->freq1_offset == chandef2->freq1_offset && 879 chandef1->center_freq2 == chandef2->center_freq2); 880 } 881 882 /** 883 * cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg - check if chandef represents an EDMG channel 884 * 885 * @chandef: the channel definition 886 * 887 * Return: %true if EDMG defined, %false otherwise. 888 */ 889 static inline bool 890 cfg80211_chandef_is_edmg(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 891 { 892 return chandef->edmg.channels || chandef->edmg.bw_config; 893 } 894 895 /** 896 * cfg80211_chandef_compatible - check if two channel definitions are compatible 897 * @chandef1: first channel definition 898 * @chandef2: second channel definition 899 * 900 * Return: %NULL if the given channel definitions are incompatible, 901 * chandef1 or chandef2 otherwise. 902 */ 903 const struct cfg80211_chan_def * 904 cfg80211_chandef_compatible(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef1, 905 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef2); 906 907 /** 908 * cfg80211_chandef_valid - check if a channel definition is valid 909 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 910 * Return: %true if the channel definition is valid. %false otherwise. 911 */ 912 bool cfg80211_chandef_valid(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 913 914 /** 915 * cfg80211_chandef_usable - check if secondary channels can be used 916 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 917 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 918 * @prohibited_flags: the regulatory channel flags that must not be set 919 * Return: %true if secondary channels are usable. %false otherwise. 920 */ 921 bool cfg80211_chandef_usable(struct wiphy *wiphy, 922 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 923 u32 prohibited_flags); 924 925 /** 926 * cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required - checks if radar detection is required 927 * @wiphy: the wiphy to validate against 928 * @chandef: the channel definition to check 929 * @iftype: the interface type as specified in &enum nl80211_iftype 930 * Returns: 931 * 1 if radar detection is required, 0 if it is not, < 0 on error 932 */ 933 int cfg80211_chandef_dfs_required(struct wiphy *wiphy, 934 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 935 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 936 937 /** 938 * ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags - returns rate flags for a channel 939 * 940 * In some channel types, not all rates may be used - for example CCK 941 * rates may not be used in 5/10 MHz channels. 942 * 943 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel 944 * 945 * Returns: rate flags which apply for this channel 946 */ 947 static inline enum ieee80211_rate_flags 948 ieee80211_chandef_rate_flags(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 949 { 950 switch (chandef->width) { 951 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 952 return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_5MHZ; 953 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 954 return IEEE80211_RATE_SUPPORTS_10MHZ; 955 default: 956 break; 957 } 958 return 0; 959 } 960 961 /** 962 * ieee80211_chandef_max_power - maximum transmission power for the chandef 963 * 964 * In some regulations, the transmit power may depend on the configured channel 965 * bandwidth which may be defined as dBm/MHz. This function returns the actual 966 * max_power for non-standard (20 MHz) channels. 967 * 968 * @chandef: channel definition for the channel 969 * 970 * Returns: maximum allowed transmission power in dBm for the chandef 971 */ 972 static inline int 973 ieee80211_chandef_max_power(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 974 { 975 switch (chandef->width) { 976 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 977 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 6, 978 chandef->chan->max_power); 979 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 980 return min(chandef->chan->max_reg_power - 3, 981 chandef->chan->max_power); 982 default: 983 break; 984 } 985 return chandef->chan->max_power; 986 } 987 988 /** 989 * cfg80211_any_usable_channels - check for usable channels 990 * @wiphy: the wiphy to check for 991 * @band_mask: which bands to check on 992 * @prohibited_flags: which channels to not consider usable, 993 * %IEEE80211_CHAN_DISABLED is always taken into account 994 */ 995 bool cfg80211_any_usable_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy, 996 unsigned long band_mask, 997 u32 prohibited_flags); 998 999 /** 1000 * enum survey_info_flags - survey information flags 1001 * 1002 * @SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM: noise (in dBm) was filled in 1003 * @SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used 1004 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME: active time (in ms) was filled in 1005 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: busy time was filled in 1006 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: extension channel busy time was filled in 1007 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: receive time was filled in 1008 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: transmit time was filled in 1009 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: scan time was filled in 1010 * @SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: local BSS receive time was filled in 1011 * 1012 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct survey_info 1013 * it has filled in during the get_survey(). 1014 */ 1015 enum survey_info_flags { 1016 SURVEY_INFO_NOISE_DBM = BIT(0), 1017 SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE = BIT(1), 1018 SURVEY_INFO_TIME = BIT(2), 1019 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY = BIT(3), 1020 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY = BIT(4), 1021 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX = BIT(5), 1022 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX = BIT(6), 1023 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN = BIT(7), 1024 SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX = BIT(8), 1025 }; 1026 1027 /** 1028 * struct survey_info - channel survey response 1029 * 1030 * @channel: the channel this survey record reports, may be %NULL for a single 1031 * record to report global statistics 1032 * @filled: bitflag of flags from &enum survey_info_flags 1033 * @noise: channel noise in dBm. This and all following fields are 1034 * optional 1035 * @time: amount of time in ms the radio was turn on (on the channel) 1036 * @time_busy: amount of time the primary channel was sensed busy 1037 * @time_ext_busy: amount of time the extension channel was sensed busy 1038 * @time_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data 1039 * @time_tx: amount of time the radio spent transmitting data 1040 * @time_scan: amount of time the radio spent for scanning 1041 * @time_bss_rx: amount of time the radio spent receiving data on a local BSS 1042 * 1043 * Used by dump_survey() to report back per-channel survey information. 1044 * 1045 * This structure can later be expanded with things like 1046 * channel duty cycle etc. 1047 */ 1048 struct survey_info { 1049 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 1050 u64 time; 1051 u64 time_busy; 1052 u64 time_ext_busy; 1053 u64 time_rx; 1054 u64 time_tx; 1055 u64 time_scan; 1056 u64 time_bss_rx; 1057 u32 filled; 1058 s8 noise; 1059 }; 1060 1061 #define CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS 4 1062 1063 /** 1064 * struct cfg80211_crypto_settings - Crypto settings 1065 * @wpa_versions: indicates which, if any, WPA versions are enabled 1066 * (from enum nl80211_wpa_versions) 1067 * @cipher_group: group key cipher suite (or 0 if unset) 1068 * @n_ciphers_pairwise: number of AP supported unicast ciphers 1069 * @ciphers_pairwise: unicast key cipher suites 1070 * @n_akm_suites: number of AKM suites 1071 * @akm_suites: AKM suites 1072 * @control_port: Whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., 1073 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is 1074 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by 1075 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. 1076 * @control_port_ethertype: the control port protocol that should be 1077 * allowed through even on unauthorized ports 1078 * @control_port_no_encrypt: TRUE to prevent encryption of control port 1079 * protocol frames. 1080 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 1081 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 1082 * @control_port_no_preauth: disables pre-auth rx over the nl80211 control 1083 * port for mac80211 1084 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of 1085 * CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys 1086 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key 1087 * @psk: PSK (for devices supporting 4-way-handshake offload) 1088 * @sae_pwd: password for SAE authentication (for devices supporting SAE 1089 * offload) 1090 * @sae_pwd_len: length of SAE password (for devices supporting SAE offload) 1091 * @sae_pwe: The mechanisms allowed for SAE PWE derivation: 1092 * 1093 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED 1094 * Not-specified, used to indicate userspace did not specify any 1095 * preference. The driver should follow its internal policy in 1096 * such a scenario. 1097 * 1098 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK 1099 * Allow hunting-and-pecking loop only 1100 * 1101 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT 1102 * Allow hash-to-element only 1103 * 1104 * NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH 1105 * Allow either hunting-and-pecking loop or hash-to-element 1106 */ 1107 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings { 1108 u32 wpa_versions; 1109 u32 cipher_group; 1110 int n_ciphers_pairwise; 1111 u32 ciphers_pairwise[NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES]; 1112 int n_akm_suites; 1113 u32 akm_suites[NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES]; 1114 bool control_port; 1115 __be16 control_port_ethertype; 1116 bool control_port_no_encrypt; 1117 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 1118 bool control_port_no_preauth; 1119 struct key_params *wep_keys; 1120 int wep_tx_key; 1121 const u8 *psk; 1122 const u8 *sae_pwd; 1123 u8 sae_pwd_len; 1124 enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism sae_pwe; 1125 }; 1126 1127 /** 1128 * struct cfg80211_mbssid_config - AP settings for multi bssid 1129 * 1130 * @tx_wdev: pointer to the transmitted interface in the MBSSID set 1131 * @index: index of this AP in the multi bssid group. 1132 * @ema: set to true if the beacons should be sent out in EMA mode. 1133 */ 1134 struct cfg80211_mbssid_config { 1135 struct wireless_dev *tx_wdev; 1136 u8 index; 1137 bool ema; 1138 }; 1139 1140 /** 1141 * struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems - Multiple BSSID elements 1142 * 1143 * @cnt: Number of elements in array %elems. 1144 * 1145 * @elem: Array of multiple BSSID element(s) to be added into Beacon frames. 1146 * @elem.data: Data for multiple BSSID elements. 1147 * @elem.len: Length of data. 1148 */ 1149 struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems { 1150 u8 cnt; 1151 struct { 1152 const u8 *data; 1153 size_t len; 1154 } elem[]; 1155 }; 1156 1157 /** 1158 * struct cfg80211_beacon_data - beacon data 1159 * @head: head portion of beacon (before TIM IE) 1160 * or %NULL if not changed 1161 * @tail: tail portion of beacon (after TIM IE) 1162 * or %NULL if not changed 1163 * @head_len: length of @head 1164 * @tail_len: length of @tail 1165 * @beacon_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Beacon frames or %NULL 1166 * @beacon_ies_len: length of beacon_ies in octets 1167 * @proberesp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into Probe Response 1168 * frames or %NULL 1169 * @proberesp_ies_len: length of proberesp_ies in octets 1170 * @assocresp_ies: extra information element(s) to add into (Re)Association 1171 * Response frames or %NULL 1172 * @assocresp_ies_len: length of assocresp_ies in octets 1173 * @probe_resp_len: length of probe response template (@probe_resp) 1174 * @probe_resp: probe response template (AP mode only) 1175 * @mbssid_ies: multiple BSSID elements 1176 * @ftm_responder: enable FTM responder functionality; -1 for no change 1177 * (which also implies no change in LCI/civic location data) 1178 * @lci: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement Token 1179 * (measurement type 8) 1180 * @civicloc: Measurement Report element content, starting with Measurement 1181 * Token (measurement type 11) 1182 * @lci_len: LCI data length 1183 * @civicloc_len: Civic location data length 1184 */ 1185 struct cfg80211_beacon_data { 1186 const u8 *head, *tail; 1187 const u8 *beacon_ies; 1188 const u8 *proberesp_ies; 1189 const u8 *assocresp_ies; 1190 const u8 *probe_resp; 1191 const u8 *lci; 1192 const u8 *civicloc; 1193 struct cfg80211_mbssid_elems *mbssid_ies; 1194 s8 ftm_responder; 1195 1196 size_t head_len, tail_len; 1197 size_t beacon_ies_len; 1198 size_t proberesp_ies_len; 1199 size_t assocresp_ies_len; 1200 size_t probe_resp_len; 1201 size_t lci_len; 1202 size_t civicloc_len; 1203 }; 1204 1205 struct mac_address { 1206 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 1207 }; 1208 1209 /** 1210 * struct cfg80211_acl_data - Access control list data 1211 * 1212 * @acl_policy: ACL policy to be applied on the station's 1213 * entry specified by mac_addr 1214 * @n_acl_entries: Number of MAC address entries passed 1215 * @mac_addrs: List of MAC addresses of stations to be used for ACL 1216 */ 1217 struct cfg80211_acl_data { 1218 enum nl80211_acl_policy acl_policy; 1219 int n_acl_entries; 1220 1221 /* Keep it last */ 1222 struct mac_address mac_addrs[]; 1223 }; 1224 1225 /** 1226 * struct cfg80211_fils_discovery - FILS discovery parameters from 1227 * IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail. 1228 * 1229 * @min_interval: Minimum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000) 1230 * @max_interval: Maximum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000) 1231 * @tmpl_len: Template length 1232 * @tmpl: Template data for FILS discovery frame including the action 1233 * frame headers. 1234 */ 1235 struct cfg80211_fils_discovery { 1236 u32 min_interval; 1237 u32 max_interval; 1238 size_t tmpl_len; 1239 const u8 *tmpl; 1240 }; 1241 1242 /** 1243 * struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp - Unsolicited broadcast probe 1244 * response parameters in 6GHz. 1245 * 1246 * @interval: Packet interval in TUs. Maximum allowed is 20 TU, as mentioned 1247 * in IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0 26.17.2.3.2 - AP behavior for fast passive 1248 * scanning 1249 * @tmpl_len: Template length 1250 * @tmpl: Template data for probe response 1251 */ 1252 struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp { 1253 u32 interval; 1254 size_t tmpl_len; 1255 const u8 *tmpl; 1256 }; 1257 1258 /** 1259 * struct cfg80211_ap_settings - AP configuration 1260 * 1261 * Used to configure an AP interface. 1262 * 1263 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 1264 * @beacon: beacon data 1265 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval 1266 * @dtim_period: DTIM period 1267 * @ssid: SSID to be used in the BSS (note: may be %NULL if not provided from 1268 * user space) 1269 * @ssid_len: length of @ssid 1270 * @hidden_ssid: whether to hide the SSID in Beacon/Probe Response frames 1271 * @crypto: crypto settings 1272 * @privacy: the BSS uses privacy 1273 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 1274 * @smps_mode: SMPS mode 1275 * @inactivity_timeout: time in seconds to determine station's inactivity. 1276 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window 1277 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS 1278 * @acl: ACL configuration used by the drivers which has support for 1279 * MAC address based access control 1280 * @pbss: If set, start as a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG 1281 * networks. 1282 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons 1283 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities (or %NULL if HT isn't enabled) 1284 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities (or %NULL if VHT isn't enabled) 1285 * @he_cap: HE capabilities (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled) 1286 * @ht_required: stations must support HT 1287 * @vht_required: stations must support VHT 1288 * @twt_responder: Enable Target Wait Time 1289 * @he_required: stations must support HE 1290 * @sae_h2e_required: stations must support direct H2E technique in SAE 1291 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum cfg80211_ap_settings_flags 1292 * @he_obss_pd: OBSS Packet Detection settings 1293 * @he_bss_color: BSS Color settings 1294 * @he_oper: HE operation IE (or %NULL if HE isn't enabled) 1295 * @fils_discovery: FILS discovery transmission parameters 1296 * @unsol_bcast_probe_resp: Unsolicited broadcast probe response parameters 1297 * @mbssid_config: AP settings for multiple bssid 1298 */ 1299 struct cfg80211_ap_settings { 1300 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1301 1302 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon; 1303 1304 int beacon_interval, dtim_period; 1305 const u8 *ssid; 1306 size_t ssid_len; 1307 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid hidden_ssid; 1308 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 1309 bool privacy; 1310 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 1311 enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode; 1312 int inactivity_timeout; 1313 u8 p2p_ctwindow; 1314 bool p2p_opp_ps; 1315 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *acl; 1316 bool pbss; 1317 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; 1318 1319 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_cap; 1320 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_cap; 1321 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_cap; 1322 const struct ieee80211_he_operation *he_oper; 1323 bool ht_required, vht_required, he_required, sae_h2e_required; 1324 bool twt_responder; 1325 u32 flags; 1326 struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd he_obss_pd; 1327 struct cfg80211_he_bss_color he_bss_color; 1328 struct cfg80211_fils_discovery fils_discovery; 1329 struct cfg80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp unsol_bcast_probe_resp; 1330 struct cfg80211_mbssid_config mbssid_config; 1331 }; 1332 1333 /** 1334 * struct cfg80211_csa_settings - channel switch settings 1335 * 1336 * Used for channel switch 1337 * 1338 * @chandef: defines the channel to use after the switch 1339 * @beacon_csa: beacon data while performing the switch 1340 * @counter_offsets_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail) 1341 * @counter_offsets_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response 1342 * @n_counter_offsets_beacon: number of csa counters the beacon (tail) 1343 * @n_counter_offsets_presp: number of csa counters in the probe response 1344 * @beacon_after: beacon data to be used on the new channel 1345 * @radar_required: whether radar detection is required on the new channel 1346 * @block_tx: whether transmissions should be blocked while changing 1347 * @count: number of beacons until switch 1348 */ 1349 struct cfg80211_csa_settings { 1350 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 1351 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_csa; 1352 const u16 *counter_offsets_beacon; 1353 const u16 *counter_offsets_presp; 1354 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_beacon; 1355 unsigned int n_counter_offsets_presp; 1356 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_after; 1357 bool radar_required; 1358 bool block_tx; 1359 u8 count; 1360 }; 1361 1362 /** 1363 * struct cfg80211_color_change_settings - color change settings 1364 * 1365 * Used for bss color change 1366 * 1367 * @beacon_color_change: beacon data while performing the color countdown 1368 * @counter_offsets_beacon: offsets of the counters within the beacon (tail) 1369 * @counter_offsets_presp: offsets of the counters within the probe response 1370 * @beacon_next: beacon data to be used after the color change 1371 * @count: number of beacons until the color change 1372 * @color: the color used after the change 1373 */ 1374 struct cfg80211_color_change_settings { 1375 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_color_change; 1376 u16 counter_offset_beacon; 1377 u16 counter_offset_presp; 1378 struct cfg80211_beacon_data beacon_next; 1379 u8 count; 1380 u8 color; 1381 }; 1382 1383 /** 1384 * struct iface_combination_params - input parameters for interface combinations 1385 * 1386 * Used to pass interface combination parameters 1387 * 1388 * @num_different_channels: the number of different channels we want 1389 * to use for verification 1390 * @radar_detect: a bitmap where each bit corresponds to a channel 1391 * width where radar detection is needed, as in the definition of 1392 * &struct ieee80211_iface_combination.@radar_detect_widths 1393 * @iftype_num: array with the number of interfaces of each interface 1394 * type. The index is the interface type as specified in &enum 1395 * nl80211_iftype. 1396 * @new_beacon_int: set this to the beacon interval of a new interface 1397 * that's not operating yet, if such is to be checked as part of 1398 * the verification 1399 */ 1400 struct iface_combination_params { 1401 int num_different_channels; 1402 u8 radar_detect; 1403 int iftype_num[NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES]; 1404 u32 new_beacon_int; 1405 }; 1406 1407 /** 1408 * enum station_parameters_apply_mask - station parameter values to apply 1409 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD: apply new uAPSD parameters (uapsd_queues, max_sp) 1410 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY: apply new capability 1411 * @STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE: apply new plink state 1412 * 1413 * Not all station parameters have in-band "no change" signalling, 1414 * for those that don't these flags will are used. 1415 */ 1416 enum station_parameters_apply_mask { 1417 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_UAPSD = BIT(0), 1418 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_CAPABILITY = BIT(1), 1419 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_PLINK_STATE = BIT(2), 1420 STATION_PARAM_APPLY_STA_TXPOWER = BIT(3), 1421 }; 1422 1423 /** 1424 * struct sta_txpwr - station txpower configuration 1425 * 1426 * Used to configure txpower for station. 1427 * 1428 * @power: tx power (in dBm) to be used for sending data traffic. If tx power 1429 * is not provided, the default per-interface tx power setting will be 1430 * overriding. Driver should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx 1431 * power per-interface or per-station. 1432 * @type: In particular if TPC %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED then tx power 1433 * will be less than or equal to specified from userspace, whereas if TPC 1434 * %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC then it indicates default tx power. 1435 * NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED is not a valid configuration option for 1436 * per peer TPC. 1437 */ 1438 struct sta_txpwr { 1439 s16 power; 1440 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type; 1441 }; 1442 1443 /** 1444 * struct station_parameters - station parameters 1445 * 1446 * Used to change and create a new station. 1447 * 1448 * @vlan: vlan interface station should belong to 1449 * @supported_rates: supported rates in IEEE 802.11 format 1450 * (or NULL for no change) 1451 * @supported_rates_len: number of supported rates 1452 * @sta_flags_mask: station flags that changed 1453 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) 1454 * @sta_flags_set: station flags values 1455 * (bitmask of BIT(%NL80211_STA_FLAG_...)) 1456 * @listen_interval: listen interval or -1 for no change 1457 * @aid: AID or zero for no change 1458 * @vlan_id: VLAN ID for station (if nonzero) 1459 * @peer_aid: mesh peer AID or zero for no change 1460 * @plink_action: plink action to take 1461 * @plink_state: set the peer link state for a station 1462 * @ht_capa: HT capabilities of station 1463 * @vht_capa: VHT capabilities of station 1464 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. same format 1465 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field 1466 * @max_sp: max Service Period. same format as the MAX_SP in the 1467 * QoS info field (but already shifted down) 1468 * @sta_modify_mask: bitmap indicating which parameters changed 1469 * (for those that don't have a natural "no change" value), 1470 * see &enum station_parameters_apply_mask 1471 * @local_pm: local link-specific mesh power save mode (no change when set 1472 * to unknown) 1473 * @capability: station capability 1474 * @ext_capab: extended capabilities of the station 1475 * @ext_capab_len: number of extended capabilities 1476 * @supported_channels: supported channels in IEEE 802.11 format 1477 * @supported_channels_len: number of supported channels 1478 * @supported_oper_classes: supported oper classes in IEEE 802.11 format 1479 * @supported_oper_classes_len: number of supported operating classes 1480 * @opmode_notif: operating mode field from Operating Mode Notification 1481 * @opmode_notif_used: information if operating mode field is used 1482 * @support_p2p_ps: information if station supports P2P PS mechanism 1483 * @he_capa: HE capabilities of station 1484 * @he_capa_len: the length of the HE capabilities 1485 * @airtime_weight: airtime scheduler weight for this station 1486 * @txpwr: transmit power for an associated station 1487 * @he_6ghz_capa: HE 6 GHz Band capabilities of station 1488 */ 1489 struct station_parameters { 1490 const u8 *supported_rates; 1491 struct net_device *vlan; 1492 u32 sta_flags_mask, sta_flags_set; 1493 u32 sta_modify_mask; 1494 int listen_interval; 1495 u16 aid; 1496 u16 vlan_id; 1497 u16 peer_aid; 1498 u8 supported_rates_len; 1499 u8 plink_action; 1500 u8 plink_state; 1501 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa; 1502 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa; 1503 u8 uapsd_queues; 1504 u8 max_sp; 1505 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; 1506 u16 capability; 1507 const u8 *ext_capab; 1508 u8 ext_capab_len; 1509 const u8 *supported_channels; 1510 u8 supported_channels_len; 1511 const u8 *supported_oper_classes; 1512 u8 supported_oper_classes_len; 1513 u8 opmode_notif; 1514 bool opmode_notif_used; 1515 int support_p2p_ps; 1516 const struct ieee80211_he_cap_elem *he_capa; 1517 u8 he_capa_len; 1518 u16 airtime_weight; 1519 struct sta_txpwr txpwr; 1520 const struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa *he_6ghz_capa; 1521 }; 1522 1523 /** 1524 * struct station_del_parameters - station deletion parameters 1525 * 1526 * Used to delete a station entry (or all stations). 1527 * 1528 * @mac: MAC address of the station to remove or NULL to remove all stations 1529 * @subtype: Management frame subtype to use for indicating removal 1530 * (10 = Disassociation, 12 = Deauthentication) 1531 * @reason_code: Reason code for the Disassociation/Deauthentication frame 1532 */ 1533 struct station_del_parameters { 1534 const u8 *mac; 1535 u8 subtype; 1536 u16 reason_code; 1537 }; 1538 1539 /** 1540 * enum cfg80211_station_type - the type of station being modified 1541 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT: client of an AP interface 1542 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC: client of an AP interface that is still 1543 * unassociated (update properties for this type of client is permitted) 1544 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT: client of an AP interface that has 1545 * the AP MLME in the device 1546 * @CFG80211_STA_AP_STA: AP station on managed interface 1547 * @CFG80211_STA_IBSS: IBSS station 1548 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP: TDLS peer on managed interface (dummy entry 1549 * while TDLS setup is in progress, it moves out of this state when 1550 * being marked authorized; use this only if TDLS with external setup is 1551 * supported/used) 1552 * @CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE: TDLS peer on managed interface (active 1553 * entry that is operating, has been marked authorized by userspace) 1554 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL: peer on mesh interface (kernel managed) 1555 * @CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER: peer on mesh interface (user managed) 1556 */ 1557 enum cfg80211_station_type { 1558 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT, 1559 CFG80211_STA_AP_CLIENT_UNASSOC, 1560 CFG80211_STA_AP_MLME_CLIENT, 1561 CFG80211_STA_AP_STA, 1562 CFG80211_STA_IBSS, 1563 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_SETUP, 1564 CFG80211_STA_TDLS_PEER_ACTIVE, 1565 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_KERNEL, 1566 CFG80211_STA_MESH_PEER_USER, 1567 }; 1568 1569 /** 1570 * cfg80211_check_station_change - validate parameter changes 1571 * @wiphy: the wiphy this operates on 1572 * @params: the new parameters for a station 1573 * @statype: the type of station being modified 1574 * 1575 * Utility function for the @change_station driver method. Call this function 1576 * with the appropriate station type looking up the station (and checking that 1577 * it exists). It will verify whether the station change is acceptable, and if 1578 * not will return an error code. Note that it may modify the parameters for 1579 * backward compatibility reasons, so don't use them before calling this. 1580 */ 1581 int cfg80211_check_station_change(struct wiphy *wiphy, 1582 struct station_parameters *params, 1583 enum cfg80211_station_type statype); 1584 1585 /** 1586 * enum rate_info_flags - bitrate info flags 1587 * 1588 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission 1589 * type for 802.11n transmissions. 1590 * 1591 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS: mcs field filled with HT MCS 1592 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS: mcs field filled with VHT MCS 1593 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval 1594 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG: 60GHz MCS 1595 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS: HE MCS information 1596 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG: 60GHz MCS in EDMG mode 1597 * @RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EXTENDED_SC_DMG: 60GHz extended SC MCS 1598 */ 1599 enum rate_info_flags { 1600 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_MCS = BIT(0), 1601 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_VHT_MCS = BIT(1), 1602 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_SHORT_GI = BIT(2), 1603 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_DMG = BIT(3), 1604 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_HE_MCS = BIT(4), 1605 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EDMG = BIT(5), 1606 RATE_INFO_FLAGS_EXTENDED_SC_DMG = BIT(6), 1607 }; 1608 1609 /** 1610 * enum rate_info_bw - rate bandwidth information 1611 * 1612 * Used by the driver to indicate the rate bandwidth. 1613 * 1614 * @RATE_INFO_BW_5: 5 MHz bandwidth 1615 * @RATE_INFO_BW_10: 10 MHz bandwidth 1616 * @RATE_INFO_BW_20: 20 MHz bandwidth 1617 * @RATE_INFO_BW_40: 40 MHz bandwidth 1618 * @RATE_INFO_BW_80: 80 MHz bandwidth 1619 * @RATE_INFO_BW_160: 160 MHz bandwidth 1620 * @RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU: bandwidth determined by HE RU allocation 1621 */ 1622 enum rate_info_bw { 1623 RATE_INFO_BW_20 = 0, 1624 RATE_INFO_BW_5, 1625 RATE_INFO_BW_10, 1626 RATE_INFO_BW_40, 1627 RATE_INFO_BW_80, 1628 RATE_INFO_BW_160, 1629 RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU, 1630 }; 1631 1632 /** 1633 * struct rate_info - bitrate information 1634 * 1635 * Information about a receiving or transmitting bitrate 1636 * 1637 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum rate_info_flags 1638 * @mcs: mcs index if struct describes an HT/VHT/HE rate 1639 * @legacy: bitrate in 100kbit/s for 802.11abg 1640 * @nss: number of streams (VHT & HE only) 1641 * @bw: bandwidth (from &enum rate_info_bw) 1642 * @he_gi: HE guard interval (from &enum nl80211_he_gi) 1643 * @he_dcm: HE DCM value 1644 * @he_ru_alloc: HE RU allocation (from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc, 1645 * only valid if bw is %RATE_INFO_BW_HE_RU) 1646 * @n_bonded_ch: In case of EDMG the number of bonded channels (1-4) 1647 */ 1648 struct rate_info { 1649 u8 flags; 1650 u8 mcs; 1651 u16 legacy; 1652 u8 nss; 1653 u8 bw; 1654 u8 he_gi; 1655 u8 he_dcm; 1656 u8 he_ru_alloc; 1657 u8 n_bonded_ch; 1658 }; 1659 1660 /** 1661 * enum bss_param_flags - bitrate info flags 1662 * 1663 * Used by the driver to indicate the specific rate transmission 1664 * type for 802.11n transmissions. 1665 * 1666 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled 1667 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled 1668 * @BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled 1669 */ 1670 enum bss_param_flags { 1671 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_CTS_PROT = 1<<0, 1672 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_PREAMBLE = 1<<1, 1673 BSS_PARAM_FLAGS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME = 1<<2, 1674 }; 1675 1676 /** 1677 * struct sta_bss_parameters - BSS parameters for the attached station 1678 * 1679 * Information about the currently associated BSS 1680 * 1681 * @flags: bitflag of flags from &enum bss_param_flags 1682 * @dtim_period: DTIM period for the BSS 1683 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval 1684 */ 1685 struct sta_bss_parameters { 1686 u8 flags; 1687 u8 dtim_period; 1688 u16 beacon_interval; 1689 }; 1690 1691 /** 1692 * struct cfg80211_txq_stats - TXQ statistics for this TID 1693 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_txq_stats to 1694 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled 1695 * @backlog_bytes: total number of bytes currently backlogged 1696 * @backlog_packets: total number of packets currently backlogged 1697 * @flows: number of new flows seen 1698 * @drops: total number of packets dropped 1699 * @ecn_marks: total number of packets marked with ECN CE 1700 * @overlimit: number of drops due to queue space overflow 1701 * @overmemory: number of drops due to memory limit overflow 1702 * @collisions: number of hash collisions 1703 * @tx_bytes: total number of bytes dequeued 1704 * @tx_packets: total number of packets dequeued 1705 * @max_flows: maximum number of flows supported 1706 */ 1707 struct cfg80211_txq_stats { 1708 u32 filled; 1709 u32 backlog_bytes; 1710 u32 backlog_packets; 1711 u32 flows; 1712 u32 drops; 1713 u32 ecn_marks; 1714 u32 overlimit; 1715 u32 overmemory; 1716 u32 collisions; 1717 u32 tx_bytes; 1718 u32 tx_packets; 1719 u32 max_flows; 1720 }; 1721 1722 /** 1723 * struct cfg80211_tid_stats - per-TID statistics 1724 * @filled: bitmap of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_tid_stats to 1725 * indicate the relevant values in this struct are filled 1726 * @rx_msdu: number of received MSDUs 1727 * @tx_msdu: number of (attempted) transmitted MSDUs 1728 * @tx_msdu_retries: number of retries (not counting the first) for 1729 * transmitted MSDUs 1730 * @tx_msdu_failed: number of failed transmitted MSDUs 1731 * @txq_stats: TXQ statistics 1732 */ 1733 struct cfg80211_tid_stats { 1734 u32 filled; 1735 u64 rx_msdu; 1736 u64 tx_msdu; 1737 u64 tx_msdu_retries; 1738 u64 tx_msdu_failed; 1739 struct cfg80211_txq_stats txq_stats; 1740 }; 1741 1742 #define IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS 4 1743 1744 /** 1745 * struct station_info - station information 1746 * 1747 * Station information filled by driver for get_station() and dump_station. 1748 * 1749 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_sta_info to 1750 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them 1751 * @connected_time: time(in secs) since a station is last connected 1752 * @inactive_time: time since last station activity (tx/rx) in milliseconds 1753 * @assoc_at: bootime (ns) of the last association 1754 * @rx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) received from this station 1755 * @tx_bytes: bytes (size of MPDUs) transmitted to this station 1756 * @llid: mesh local link id 1757 * @plid: mesh peer link id 1758 * @plink_state: mesh peer link state 1759 * @signal: The signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. 1760 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. 1761 * @signal_avg: Average signal strength, type depends on the wiphy's signal_type. 1762 * For CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, value is expressed in _dBm_. 1763 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal, @chain_signal_avg 1764 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received packet in dBm 1765 * @chain_signal_avg: per-chain signal strength average in dBm 1766 * @txrate: current unicast bitrate from this station 1767 * @rxrate: current unicast bitrate to this station 1768 * @rx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) received from this station 1769 * @tx_packets: packets (MSDUs & MMPDUs) transmitted to this station 1770 * @tx_retries: cumulative retry counts (MPDUs) 1771 * @tx_failed: number of failed transmissions (MPDUs) (retries exceeded, no ACK) 1772 * @rx_dropped_misc: Dropped for un-specified reason. 1773 * @bss_param: current BSS parameters 1774 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. 1775 * This number should increase every time the list of stations 1776 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that 1777 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. 1778 * @assoc_req_ies: IEs from (Re)Association Request. 1779 * This is used only when in AP mode with drivers that do not use 1780 * user space MLME/SME implementation. The information is provided for 1781 * the cfg80211_new_sta() calls to notify user space of the IEs. 1782 * @assoc_req_ies_len: Length of assoc_req_ies buffer in octets. 1783 * @sta_flags: station flags mask & values 1784 * @beacon_loss_count: Number of times beacon loss event has triggered. 1785 * @t_offset: Time offset of the station relative to this host. 1786 * @local_pm: local mesh STA power save mode 1787 * @peer_pm: peer mesh STA power save mode 1788 * @nonpeer_pm: non-peer mesh STA power save mode 1789 * @expected_throughput: expected throughput in kbps (including 802.11 headers) 1790 * towards this station. 1791 * @rx_beacon: number of beacons received from this peer 1792 * @rx_beacon_signal_avg: signal strength average (in dBm) for beacons received 1793 * from this peer 1794 * @connected_to_gate: true if mesh STA has a path to mesh gate 1795 * @rx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames from a peer 1796 * @tx_duration: aggregate PPDU duration(usecs) for all the frames to a peer 1797 * @airtime_weight: current airtime scheduling weight 1798 * @pertid: per-TID statistics, see &struct cfg80211_tid_stats, using the last 1799 * (IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) index for MSDUs not encapsulated in QoS-MPDUs. 1800 * Note that this doesn't use the @filled bit, but is used if non-NULL. 1801 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the last ACK frame. 1802 * @avg_ack_signal: average rssi value of ack packet for the no of msdu's has 1803 * been sent. 1804 * @rx_mpdu_count: number of MPDUs received from this station 1805 * @fcs_err_count: number of packets (MPDUs) received from this station with 1806 * an FCS error. This counter should be incremented only when TA of the 1807 * received packet with an FCS error matches the peer MAC address. 1808 * @airtime_link_metric: mesh airtime link metric. 1809 * @connected_to_as: true if mesh STA has a path to authentication server 1810 */ 1811 struct station_info { 1812 u64 filled; 1813 u32 connected_time; 1814 u32 inactive_time; 1815 u64 assoc_at; 1816 u64 rx_bytes; 1817 u64 tx_bytes; 1818 u16 llid; 1819 u16 plid; 1820 u8 plink_state; 1821 s8 signal; 1822 s8 signal_avg; 1823 1824 u8 chains; 1825 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 1826 s8 chain_signal_avg[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 1827 1828 struct rate_info txrate; 1829 struct rate_info rxrate; 1830 u32 rx_packets; 1831 u32 tx_packets; 1832 u32 tx_retries; 1833 u32 tx_failed; 1834 u32 rx_dropped_misc; 1835 struct sta_bss_parameters bss_param; 1836 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update sta_flags; 1837 1838 int generation; 1839 1840 const u8 *assoc_req_ies; 1841 size_t assoc_req_ies_len; 1842 1843 u32 beacon_loss_count; 1844 s64 t_offset; 1845 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode local_pm; 1846 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode peer_pm; 1847 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode nonpeer_pm; 1848 1849 u32 expected_throughput; 1850 1851 u64 tx_duration; 1852 u64 rx_duration; 1853 u64 rx_beacon; 1854 u8 rx_beacon_signal_avg; 1855 u8 connected_to_gate; 1856 1857 struct cfg80211_tid_stats *pertid; 1858 s8 ack_signal; 1859 s8 avg_ack_signal; 1860 1861 u16 airtime_weight; 1862 1863 u32 rx_mpdu_count; 1864 u32 fcs_err_count; 1865 1866 u32 airtime_link_metric; 1867 1868 u8 connected_to_as; 1869 }; 1870 1871 /** 1872 * struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs - sub specs limit 1873 * @power: power limitation in 0.25dbm 1874 * @freq_range_index: index the power limitation applies to 1875 */ 1876 struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs { 1877 s32 power; 1878 u32 freq_range_index; 1879 }; 1880 1881 /** 1882 * struct cfg80211_sar_specs - sar limit specs 1883 * @type: it's set with power in 0.25dbm or other types 1884 * @num_sub_specs: number of sar sub specs 1885 * @sub_specs: memory to hold the sar sub specs 1886 */ 1887 struct cfg80211_sar_specs { 1888 enum nl80211_sar_type type; 1889 u32 num_sub_specs; 1890 struct cfg80211_sar_sub_specs sub_specs[]; 1891 }; 1892 1893 1894 /** 1895 * struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges - sar frequency ranges 1896 * @start_freq: start range edge frequency 1897 * @end_freq: end range edge frequency 1898 */ 1899 struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges { 1900 u32 start_freq; 1901 u32 end_freq; 1902 }; 1903 1904 /** 1905 * struct cfg80211_sar_capa - sar limit capability 1906 * @type: it's set via power in 0.25dbm or other types 1907 * @num_freq_ranges: number of frequency ranges 1908 * @freq_ranges: memory to hold the freq ranges. 1909 * 1910 * Note: WLAN driver may append new ranges or split an existing 1911 * range to small ones and then append them. 1912 */ 1913 struct cfg80211_sar_capa { 1914 enum nl80211_sar_type type; 1915 u32 num_freq_ranges; 1916 const struct cfg80211_sar_freq_ranges *freq_ranges; 1917 }; 1918 1919 #if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_CFG80211) 1920 /** 1921 * cfg80211_get_station - retrieve information about a given station 1922 * @dev: the device where the station is supposed to be connected to 1923 * @mac_addr: the mac address of the station of interest 1924 * @sinfo: pointer to the structure to fill with the information 1925 * 1926 * Returns 0 on success and sinfo is filled with the available information 1927 * otherwise returns a negative error code and the content of sinfo has to be 1928 * considered undefined. 1929 */ 1930 int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 1931 struct station_info *sinfo); 1932 #else 1933 static inline int cfg80211_get_station(struct net_device *dev, 1934 const u8 *mac_addr, 1935 struct station_info *sinfo) 1936 { 1937 return -ENOENT; 1938 } 1939 #endif 1940 1941 /** 1942 * enum monitor_flags - monitor flags 1943 * 1944 * Monitor interface configuration flags. Note that these must be the bits 1945 * according to the nl80211 flags. 1946 * 1947 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED: set if the flags were changed 1948 * @MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS 1949 * @MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP 1950 * @MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames 1951 * @MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering 1952 * @MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing 1953 * @MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE: active monitor, ACKs frames on its MAC address 1954 */ 1955 enum monitor_flags { 1956 MONITOR_FLAG_CHANGED = 1<<__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID, 1957 MONITOR_FLAG_FCSFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL, 1958 MONITOR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL, 1959 MONITOR_FLAG_CONTROL = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL, 1960 MONITOR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS, 1961 MONITOR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES, 1962 MONITOR_FLAG_ACTIVE = 1<<NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE, 1963 }; 1964 1965 /** 1966 * enum mpath_info_flags - mesh path information flags 1967 * 1968 * Used by the driver to indicate which info in &struct mpath_info it has filled 1969 * in during get_station() or dump_station(). 1970 * 1971 * @MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: @frame_qlen filled 1972 * @MPATH_INFO_SN: @sn filled 1973 * @MPATH_INFO_METRIC: @metric filled 1974 * @MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: @exptime filled 1975 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: @discovery_timeout filled 1976 * @MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: @discovery_retries filled 1977 * @MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: @flags filled 1978 * @MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: @hop_count filled 1979 * @MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: @path_change_count filled 1980 */ 1981 enum mpath_info_flags { 1982 MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN = BIT(0), 1983 MPATH_INFO_SN = BIT(1), 1984 MPATH_INFO_METRIC = BIT(2), 1985 MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME = BIT(3), 1986 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT = BIT(4), 1987 MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES = BIT(5), 1988 MPATH_INFO_FLAGS = BIT(6), 1989 MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT = BIT(7), 1990 MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE = BIT(8), 1991 }; 1992 1993 /** 1994 * struct mpath_info - mesh path information 1995 * 1996 * Mesh path information filled by driver for get_mpath() and dump_mpath(). 1997 * 1998 * @filled: bitfield of flags from &enum mpath_info_flags 1999 * @frame_qlen: number of queued frames for this destination 2000 * @sn: target sequence number 2001 * @metric: metric (cost) of this mesh path 2002 * @exptime: expiration time for the mesh path from now, in msecs 2003 * @flags: mesh path flags 2004 * @discovery_timeout: total mesh path discovery timeout, in msecs 2005 * @discovery_retries: mesh path discovery retries 2006 * @generation: generation number for nl80211 dumps. 2007 * This number should increase every time the list of mesh paths 2008 * changes, i.e. when a station is added or removed, so that 2009 * userspace can tell whether it got a consistent snapshot. 2010 * @hop_count: hops to destination 2011 * @path_change_count: total number of path changes to destination 2012 */ 2013 struct mpath_info { 2014 u32 filled; 2015 u32 frame_qlen; 2016 u32 sn; 2017 u32 metric; 2018 u32 exptime; 2019 u32 discovery_timeout; 2020 u8 discovery_retries; 2021 u8 flags; 2022 u8 hop_count; 2023 u32 path_change_count; 2024 2025 int generation; 2026 }; 2027 2028 /** 2029 * struct bss_parameters - BSS parameters 2030 * 2031 * Used to change BSS parameters (mainly for AP mode). 2032 * 2033 * @use_cts_prot: Whether to use CTS protection 2034 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 2035 * @use_short_preamble: Whether the use of short preambles is allowed 2036 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 2037 * @use_short_slot_time: Whether the use of short slot time is allowed 2038 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 2039 * @basic_rates: basic rates in IEEE 802.11 format 2040 * (or NULL for no change) 2041 * @basic_rates_len: number of basic rates 2042 * @ap_isolate: do not forward packets between connected stations 2043 * (0 = no, 1 = yes, -1 = do not change) 2044 * @ht_opmode: HT Operation mode 2045 * (u16 = opmode, -1 = do not change) 2046 * @p2p_ctwindow: P2P CT Window (-1 = no change) 2047 * @p2p_opp_ps: P2P opportunistic PS (-1 = no change) 2048 */ 2049 struct bss_parameters { 2050 int use_cts_prot; 2051 int use_short_preamble; 2052 int use_short_slot_time; 2053 const u8 *basic_rates; 2054 u8 basic_rates_len; 2055 int ap_isolate; 2056 int ht_opmode; 2057 s8 p2p_ctwindow, p2p_opp_ps; 2058 }; 2059 2060 /** 2061 * struct mesh_config - 802.11s mesh configuration 2062 * 2063 * These parameters can be changed while the mesh is active. 2064 * 2065 * @dot11MeshRetryTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units used 2066 * by the Mesh Peering Open message 2067 * @dot11MeshConfirmTimeout: the initial retry timeout in millisecond units 2068 * used by the Mesh Peering Open message 2069 * @dot11MeshHoldingTimeout: the confirm timeout in millisecond units used by 2070 * the mesh peering management to close a mesh peering 2071 * @dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks: the maximum number of peer links allowed on this 2072 * mesh interface 2073 * @dot11MeshMaxRetries: the maximum number of peer link open retries that can 2074 * be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a mesh 2075 * @dot11MeshTTL: the value of TTL field set at a source mesh STA 2076 * @element_ttl: the value of TTL field set at a mesh STA for path selection 2077 * elements 2078 * @auto_open_plinks: whether we should automatically open peer links when we 2079 * detect compatible mesh peers 2080 * @dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor: the maximum number of neighbors to 2081 * synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method 2082 * @dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries: the number of action frames containing a PREQ 2083 * that an originator mesh STA can send to a particular path target 2084 * @path_refresh_time: how frequently to refresh mesh paths in milliseconds 2085 * @min_discovery_timeout: the minimum length of time to wait until giving up on 2086 * a path discovery in milliseconds 2087 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout: the time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs 2088 * receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from the 2089 * root to be valid. (TU = time unit) 2090 * @dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during 2091 * which a mesh STA can send only one action frame containing a PREQ 2092 * element 2093 * @dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval: the minimum interval of time (in TUs) during 2094 * which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a PERR 2095 * element 2096 * @dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime: the interval of time (in TUs) that 2097 * it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the mesh 2098 * @dot11MeshHWMPRootMode: the configuration of a mesh STA as root mesh STA 2099 * @dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval: the interval of time (in TUs) between root 2100 * announcements are transmitted 2101 * @dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol: whether to advertise that this mesh 2102 * station has access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. (This is 2103 * missnamed in draft 12.0: dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol set to true 2104 * only means that the station will announce others it's a mesh gate, but 2105 * not necessarily using the gate announcement protocol. Still keeping the 2106 * same nomenclature to be in sync with the spec) 2107 * @dot11MeshForwarding: whether the Mesh STA is forwarding or non-forwarding 2108 * entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity) 2109 * @rssi_threshold: the threshold for average signal strength of candidate 2110 * station to establish a peer link 2111 * @ht_opmode: mesh HT protection mode 2112 * 2113 * @dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout: The time (in TUs) for which mesh STAs 2114 * receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding information to 2115 * the root mesh STA to be valid. 2116 * 2117 * @dot11MeshHWMProotInterval: The interval of time (in TUs) between proactive 2118 * PREQs are transmitted. 2119 * @dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval: The minimum interval of time (in TUs) 2120 * during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing 2121 * a PREQ element for root path confirmation. 2122 * @power_mode: The default mesh power save mode which will be the initial 2123 * setting for new peer links. 2124 * @dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration: The duration in TUs the STA will remain awake 2125 * after transmitting its beacon. 2126 * @plink_timeout: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've established 2127 * peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then remove it 2128 * from the STA's list of peers. Default is 30 minutes. 2129 * @dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate: if set to true, advertise that this STA is 2130 * connected to a mesh gate in mesh formation info. If false, the 2131 * value in mesh formation is determined by the presence of root paths 2132 * in the mesh path table 2133 * @dot11MeshNolearn: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g. PREQ/PREP 2134 * for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that this might 2135 * not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be better. So 2136 * if using this setting you will likely also want to disable 2137 * dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top. 2138 */ 2139 struct mesh_config { 2140 u16 dot11MeshRetryTimeout; 2141 u16 dot11MeshConfirmTimeout; 2142 u16 dot11MeshHoldingTimeout; 2143 u16 dot11MeshMaxPeerLinks; 2144 u8 dot11MeshMaxRetries; 2145 u8 dot11MeshTTL; 2146 u8 element_ttl; 2147 bool auto_open_plinks; 2148 u32 dot11MeshNbrOffsetMaxNeighbor; 2149 u8 dot11MeshHWMPmaxPREQretries; 2150 u32 path_refresh_time; 2151 u16 min_discovery_timeout; 2152 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathTimeout; 2153 u16 dot11MeshHWMPpreqMinInterval; 2154 u16 dot11MeshHWMPperrMinInterval; 2155 u16 dot11MeshHWMPnetDiameterTraversalTime; 2156 u8 dot11MeshHWMPRootMode; 2157 bool dot11MeshConnectedToMeshGate; 2158 bool dot11MeshConnectedToAuthServer; 2159 u16 dot11MeshHWMPRannInterval; 2160 bool dot11MeshGateAnnouncementProtocol; 2161 bool dot11MeshForwarding; 2162 s32 rssi_threshold; 2163 u16 ht_opmode; 2164 u32 dot11MeshHWMPactivePathToRootTimeout; 2165 u16 dot11MeshHWMProotInterval; 2166 u16 dot11MeshHWMPconfirmationInterval; 2167 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode power_mode; 2168 u16 dot11MeshAwakeWindowDuration; 2169 u32 plink_timeout; 2170 bool dot11MeshNolearn; 2171 }; 2172 2173 /** 2174 * struct mesh_setup - 802.11s mesh setup configuration 2175 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 2176 * @mesh_id: the mesh ID 2177 * @mesh_id_len: length of the mesh ID, at least 1 and at most 32 bytes 2178 * @sync_method: which synchronization method to use 2179 * @path_sel_proto: which path selection protocol to use 2180 * @path_metric: which metric to use 2181 * @auth_id: which authentication method this mesh is using 2182 * @ie: vendor information elements (optional) 2183 * @ie_len: length of vendor information elements 2184 * @is_authenticated: this mesh requires authentication 2185 * @is_secure: this mesh uses security 2186 * @user_mpm: userspace handles all MPM functions 2187 * @dtim_period: DTIM period to use 2188 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use 2189 * @mcast_rate: multicat rate for Mesh Node [6Mbps is the default for 802.11a] 2190 * @basic_rates: basic rates to use when creating the mesh 2191 * @beacon_rate: bitrate to be used for beacons 2192 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. 2193 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required 2194 * to operate on DFS channels. 2195 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 2196 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 2197 * 2198 * These parameters are fixed when the mesh is created. 2199 */ 2200 struct mesh_setup { 2201 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 2202 const u8 *mesh_id; 2203 u8 mesh_id_len; 2204 u8 sync_method; 2205 u8 path_sel_proto; 2206 u8 path_metric; 2207 u8 auth_id; 2208 const u8 *ie; 2209 u8 ie_len; 2210 bool is_authenticated; 2211 bool is_secure; 2212 bool user_mpm; 2213 u8 dtim_period; 2214 u16 beacon_interval; 2215 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2216 u32 basic_rates; 2217 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_rate; 2218 bool userspace_handles_dfs; 2219 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 2220 }; 2221 2222 /** 2223 * struct ocb_setup - 802.11p OCB mode setup configuration 2224 * @chandef: defines the channel to use 2225 * 2226 * These parameters are fixed when connecting to the network 2227 */ 2228 struct ocb_setup { 2229 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 2230 }; 2231 2232 /** 2233 * struct ieee80211_txq_params - TX queue parameters 2234 * @ac: AC identifier 2235 * @txop: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled 2236 * @cwmin: Minimum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range 2237 * 1..32767] 2238 * @cwmax: Maximum contention window [a value of the form 2^n-1 in the range 2239 * 1..32767] 2240 * @aifs: Arbitration interframe space [0..255] 2241 */ 2242 struct ieee80211_txq_params { 2243 enum nl80211_ac ac; 2244 u16 txop; 2245 u16 cwmin; 2246 u16 cwmax; 2247 u8 aifs; 2248 }; 2249 2250 /** 2251 * DOC: Scanning and BSS list handling 2252 * 2253 * The scanning process itself is fairly simple, but cfg80211 offers quite 2254 * a bit of helper functionality. To start a scan, the scan operation will 2255 * be invoked with a scan definition. This scan definition contains the 2256 * channels to scan, and the SSIDs to send probe requests for (including the 2257 * wildcard, if desired). A passive scan is indicated by having no SSIDs to 2258 * probe. Additionally, a scan request may contain extra information elements 2259 * that should be added to the probe request. The IEs are guaranteed to be 2260 * well-formed, and will not exceed the maximum length the driver advertised 2261 * in the wiphy structure. 2262 * 2263 * When scanning finds a BSS, cfg80211 needs to be notified of that, because 2264 * it is responsible for maintaining the BSS list; the driver should not 2265 * maintain a list itself. For this notification, various functions exist. 2266 * 2267 * Since drivers do not maintain a BSS list, there are also a number of 2268 * functions to search for a BSS and obtain information about it from the 2269 * BSS structure cfg80211 maintains. The BSS list is also made available 2270 * to userspace. 2271 */ 2272 2273 /** 2274 * struct cfg80211_ssid - SSID description 2275 * @ssid: the SSID 2276 * @ssid_len: length of the ssid 2277 */ 2278 struct cfg80211_ssid { 2279 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 2280 u8 ssid_len; 2281 }; 2282 2283 /** 2284 * struct cfg80211_scan_info - information about completed scan 2285 * @scan_start_tsf: scan start time in terms of the TSF of the BSS that the 2286 * wireless device that requested the scan is connected to. If this 2287 * information is not available, this field is left zero. 2288 * @tsf_bssid: the BSSID according to which %scan_start_tsf is set. 2289 * @aborted: set to true if the scan was aborted for any reason, 2290 * userspace will be notified of that 2291 */ 2292 struct cfg80211_scan_info { 2293 u64 scan_start_tsf; 2294 u8 tsf_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2295 bool aborted; 2296 }; 2297 2298 /** 2299 * struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params - relevant for 6 GHz only 2300 * 2301 * @short_bssid: short ssid to scan for 2302 * @bssid: bssid to scan for 2303 * @channel_idx: idx of the channel in the channel array in the scan request 2304 * which the above info relvant to 2305 * @unsolicited_probe: the AP transmits unsolicited probe response every 20 TU 2306 * @short_ssid_valid: short_ssid is valid and can be used 2307 * @psc_no_listen: when set, and the channel is a PSC channel, no need to wait 2308 * 20 TUs before starting to send probe requests. 2309 */ 2310 struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params { 2311 u32 short_ssid; 2312 u32 channel_idx; 2313 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 2314 bool unsolicited_probe; 2315 bool short_ssid_valid; 2316 bool psc_no_listen; 2317 }; 2318 2319 /** 2320 * struct cfg80211_scan_request - scan request description 2321 * 2322 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (active scan only) 2323 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs 2324 * @channels: channels to scan on. 2325 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan 2326 * @scan_width: channel width for scanning 2327 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL 2328 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets 2329 * @duration: how long to listen on each channel, in TUs. If 2330 * %duration_mandatory is not set, this is the maximum dwell time and 2331 * the actual dwell time may be shorter. 2332 * @duration_mandatory: if set, the scan duration must be as specified by the 2333 * %duration field. 2334 * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation 2335 * @rates: bitmap of rates to advertise for each band 2336 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for 2337 * @scan_start: time (in jiffies) when the scan started 2338 * @wdev: the wireless device to scan for 2339 * @info: (internal) information about completed scan 2340 * @notified: (internal) scan request was notified as done or aborted 2341 * @no_cck: used to send probe requests at non CCK rate in 2GHz band 2342 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation 2343 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that 2344 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 2345 * be taken from the @mac_addr 2346 * @scan_6ghz: relevant for split scan request only, 2347 * true if this is the second scan request 2348 * @n_6ghz_params: number of 6 GHz params 2349 * @scan_6ghz_params: 6 GHz params 2350 * @bssid: BSSID to scan for (most commonly, the wildcard BSSID) 2351 */ 2352 struct cfg80211_scan_request { 2353 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; 2354 int n_ssids; 2355 u32 n_channels; 2356 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2357 const u8 *ie; 2358 size_t ie_len; 2359 u16 duration; 2360 bool duration_mandatory; 2361 u32 flags; 2362 2363 u32 rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2364 2365 struct wireless_dev *wdev; 2366 2367 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2368 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2369 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2370 2371 /* internal */ 2372 struct wiphy *wiphy; 2373 unsigned long scan_start; 2374 struct cfg80211_scan_info info; 2375 bool notified; 2376 bool no_cck; 2377 bool scan_6ghz; 2378 u32 n_6ghz_params; 2379 struct cfg80211_scan_6ghz_params *scan_6ghz_params; 2380 2381 /* keep last */ 2382 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[]; 2383 }; 2384 2385 static inline void get_random_mask_addr(u8 *buf, const u8 *addr, const u8 *mask) 2386 { 2387 int i; 2388 2389 get_random_bytes(buf, ETH_ALEN); 2390 for (i = 0; i < ETH_ALEN; i++) { 2391 buf[i] &= ~mask[i]; 2392 buf[i] |= addr[i] & mask[i]; 2393 } 2394 } 2395 2396 /** 2397 * struct cfg80211_match_set - sets of attributes to match 2398 * 2399 * @ssid: SSID to be matched; may be zero-length in case of BSSID match 2400 * or no match (RSSI only) 2401 * @bssid: BSSID to be matched; may be all-zero BSSID in case of SSID match 2402 * or no match (RSSI only) 2403 * @rssi_thold: don't report scan results below this threshold (in s32 dBm) 2404 * @per_band_rssi_thold: Minimum rssi threshold for each band to be applied 2405 * for filtering out scan results received. Drivers advertize this support 2406 * of band specific rssi based filtering through the feature capability 2407 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD. These band 2408 * specific rssi thresholds take precedence over rssi_thold, if specified. 2409 * If not specified for any band, it will be assigned with rssi_thold of 2410 * corresponding matchset. 2411 */ 2412 struct cfg80211_match_set { 2413 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 2414 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 2415 s32 rssi_thold; 2416 s32 per_band_rssi_thold[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2417 }; 2418 2419 /** 2420 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan - scan plan for scheduled scan 2421 * 2422 * @interval: interval between scheduled scan iterations. In seconds. 2423 * @iterations: number of scan iterations in this scan plan. Zero means 2424 * infinite loop. 2425 * The last scan plan will always have this parameter set to zero, 2426 * all other scan plans will have a finite number of iterations. 2427 */ 2428 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan { 2429 u32 interval; 2430 u32 iterations; 2431 }; 2432 2433 /** 2434 * struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust - BSS selection with RSSI adjustment. 2435 * 2436 * @band: band of BSS which should match for RSSI level adjustment. 2437 * @delta: value of RSSI level adjustment. 2438 */ 2439 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust { 2440 enum nl80211_band band; 2441 s8 delta; 2442 }; 2443 2444 /** 2445 * struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request - scheduled scan request description 2446 * 2447 * @reqid: identifies this request. 2448 * @ssids: SSIDs to scan for (passed in the probe_reqs in active scans) 2449 * @n_ssids: number of SSIDs 2450 * @n_channels: total number of channels to scan 2451 * @scan_width: channel width for scanning 2452 * @ie: optional information element(s) to add into Probe Request or %NULL 2453 * @ie_len: length of ie in octets 2454 * @flags: bit field of flags controlling operation 2455 * @match_sets: sets of parameters to be matched for a scan result 2456 * entry to be considered valid and to be passed to the host 2457 * (others are filtered out). 2458 * If ommited, all results are passed. 2459 * @n_match_sets: number of match sets 2460 * @report_results: indicates that results were reported for this request 2461 * @wiphy: the wiphy this was for 2462 * @dev: the interface 2463 * @scan_start: start time of the scheduled scan 2464 * @channels: channels to scan 2465 * @min_rssi_thold: for drivers only supporting a single threshold, this 2466 * contains the minimum over all matchsets 2467 * @mac_addr: MAC address used with randomisation 2468 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used with randomisation, bits that 2469 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 2470 * be taken from the @mac_addr 2471 * @scan_plans: scan plans to be executed in this scheduled scan. Lowest 2472 * index must be executed first. 2473 * @n_scan_plans: number of scan plans, at least 1. 2474 * @rcu_head: RCU callback used to free the struct 2475 * @owner_nlportid: netlink portid of owner (if this should is a request 2476 * owned by a particular socket) 2477 * @nl_owner_dead: netlink owner socket was closed - this request be freed 2478 * @list: for keeping list of requests. 2479 * @delay: delay in seconds to use before starting the first scan 2480 * cycle. The driver may ignore this parameter and start 2481 * immediately (or at any other time), if this feature is not 2482 * supported. 2483 * @relative_rssi_set: Indicates whether @relative_rssi is set or not. 2484 * @relative_rssi: Relative RSSI threshold in dB to restrict scan result 2485 * reporting in connected state to cases where a matching BSS is determined 2486 * to have better or slightly worse RSSI than the current connected BSS. 2487 * The relative RSSI threshold values are ignored in disconnected state. 2488 * @rssi_adjust: delta dB of RSSI preference to be given to the BSSs that belong 2489 * to the specified band while deciding whether a better BSS is reported 2490 * using @relative_rssi. If delta is a negative number, the BSSs that 2491 * belong to the specified band will be penalized by delta dB in relative 2492 * comparisions. 2493 */ 2494 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request { 2495 u64 reqid; 2496 struct cfg80211_ssid *ssids; 2497 int n_ssids; 2498 u32 n_channels; 2499 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2500 const u8 *ie; 2501 size_t ie_len; 2502 u32 flags; 2503 struct cfg80211_match_set *match_sets; 2504 int n_match_sets; 2505 s32 min_rssi_thold; 2506 u32 delay; 2507 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_plan *scan_plans; 2508 int n_scan_plans; 2509 2510 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2511 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2512 2513 bool relative_rssi_set; 2514 s8 relative_rssi; 2515 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust rssi_adjust; 2516 2517 /* internal */ 2518 struct wiphy *wiphy; 2519 struct net_device *dev; 2520 unsigned long scan_start; 2521 bool report_results; 2522 struct rcu_head rcu_head; 2523 u32 owner_nlportid; 2524 bool nl_owner_dead; 2525 struct list_head list; 2526 2527 /* keep last */ 2528 struct ieee80211_channel *channels[]; 2529 }; 2530 2531 /** 2532 * enum cfg80211_signal_type - signal type 2533 * 2534 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE: no signal strength information available 2535 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM: signal strength in mBm (100*dBm) 2536 * @CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC: signal strength, increasing from 0 through 100 2537 */ 2538 enum cfg80211_signal_type { 2539 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_NONE, 2540 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_MBM, 2541 CFG80211_SIGNAL_TYPE_UNSPEC, 2542 }; 2543 2544 /** 2545 * struct cfg80211_inform_bss - BSS inform data 2546 * @chan: channel the frame was received on 2547 * @scan_width: scan width that was used 2548 * @signal: signal strength value, according to the wiphy's 2549 * signal type 2550 * @boottime_ns: timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the information was 2551 * received; should match the time when the frame was actually 2552 * received by the device (not just by the host, in case it was 2553 * buffered on the device) and be accurate to about 10ms. 2554 * If the frame isn't buffered, just passing the return value of 2555 * ktime_get_boottime_ns() is likely appropriate. 2556 * @parent_tsf: the time at the start of reception of the first octet of the 2557 * timestamp field of the frame. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified 2558 * by %parent_bssid. 2559 * @parent_bssid: the BSS according to which %parent_tsf is set. This is set to 2560 * the BSS that requested the scan in which the beacon/probe was received. 2561 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal. 2562 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm. 2563 */ 2564 struct cfg80211_inform_bss { 2565 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 2566 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2567 s32 signal; 2568 u64 boottime_ns; 2569 u64 parent_tsf; 2570 u8 parent_bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 2571 u8 chains; 2572 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2573 }; 2574 2575 /** 2576 * struct cfg80211_bss_ies - BSS entry IE data 2577 * @tsf: TSF contained in the frame that carried these IEs 2578 * @rcu_head: internal use, for freeing 2579 * @len: length of the IEs 2580 * @from_beacon: these IEs are known to come from a beacon 2581 * @data: IE data 2582 */ 2583 struct cfg80211_bss_ies { 2584 u64 tsf; 2585 struct rcu_head rcu_head; 2586 int len; 2587 bool from_beacon; 2588 u8 data[]; 2589 }; 2590 2591 /** 2592 * struct cfg80211_bss - BSS description 2593 * 2594 * This structure describes a BSS (which may also be a mesh network) 2595 * for use in scan results and similar. 2596 * 2597 * @channel: channel this BSS is on 2598 * @scan_width: width of the control channel 2599 * @bssid: BSSID of the BSS 2600 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval as from the frame 2601 * @capability: the capability field in host byte order 2602 * @ies: the information elements (Note that there is no guarantee that these 2603 * are well-formed!); this is a pointer to either the beacon_ies or 2604 * proberesp_ies depending on whether Probe Response frame has been 2605 * received. It is always non-%NULL. 2606 * @beacon_ies: the information elements from the last Beacon frame 2607 * (implementation note: if @hidden_beacon_bss is set this struct doesn't 2608 * own the beacon_ies, but they're just pointers to the ones from the 2609 * @hidden_beacon_bss struct) 2610 * @proberesp_ies: the information elements from the last Probe Response frame 2611 * @hidden_beacon_bss: in case this BSS struct represents a probe response from 2612 * a BSS that hides the SSID in its beacon, this points to the BSS struct 2613 * that holds the beacon data. @beacon_ies is still valid, of course, and 2614 * points to the same data as hidden_beacon_bss->beacon_ies in that case. 2615 * @transmitted_bss: pointer to the transmitted BSS, if this is a 2616 * non-transmitted one (multi-BSSID support) 2617 * @nontrans_list: list of non-transmitted BSS, if this is a transmitted one 2618 * (multi-BSSID support) 2619 * @signal: signal strength value (type depends on the wiphy's signal_type) 2620 * @chains: bitmask for filled values in @chain_signal. 2621 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength of last received BSS in dBm. 2622 * @bssid_index: index in the multiple BSS set 2623 * @max_bssid_indicator: max number of members in the BSS set 2624 * @priv: private area for driver use, has at least wiphy->bss_priv_size bytes 2625 */ 2626 struct cfg80211_bss { 2627 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 2628 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width; 2629 2630 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *ies; 2631 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *beacon_ies; 2632 const struct cfg80211_bss_ies __rcu *proberesp_ies; 2633 2634 struct cfg80211_bss *hidden_beacon_bss; 2635 struct cfg80211_bss *transmitted_bss; 2636 struct list_head nontrans_list; 2637 2638 s32 signal; 2639 2640 u16 beacon_interval; 2641 u16 capability; 2642 2643 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 2644 u8 chains; 2645 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS]; 2646 2647 u8 bssid_index; 2648 u8 max_bssid_indicator; 2649 2650 u8 priv[] __aligned(sizeof(void *)); 2651 }; 2652 2653 /** 2654 * ieee80211_bss_get_elem - find element with given ID 2655 * @bss: the bss to search 2656 * @id: the element ID 2657 * 2658 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so 2659 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function. 2660 * Return: %NULL if not found. 2661 */ 2662 const struct element *ieee80211_bss_get_elem(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id); 2663 2664 /** 2665 * ieee80211_bss_get_ie - find IE with given ID 2666 * @bss: the bss to search 2667 * @id: the element ID 2668 * 2669 * Note that the return value is an RCU-protected pointer, so 2670 * rcu_read_lock() must be held when calling this function. 2671 * Return: %NULL if not found. 2672 */ 2673 static inline const u8 *ieee80211_bss_get_ie(struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u8 id) 2674 { 2675 return (const void *)ieee80211_bss_get_elem(bss, id); 2676 } 2677 2678 2679 /** 2680 * struct cfg80211_auth_request - Authentication request data 2681 * 2682 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2683 * authentication. 2684 * 2685 * @bss: The BSS to authenticate with, the callee must obtain a reference 2686 * to it if it needs to keep it. 2687 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 2688 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Authentication frame or %NULL 2689 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2690 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication 2691 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication 2692 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication 2693 * @auth_data: Fields and elements in Authentication frames. This contains 2694 * the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data), excluding the 2695 * Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the Authentication 2696 * transaction sequence number field. 2697 * @auth_data_len: Length of auth_data buffer in octets 2698 */ 2699 struct cfg80211_auth_request { 2700 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 2701 const u8 *ie; 2702 size_t ie_len; 2703 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 2704 const u8 *key; 2705 u8 key_len, key_idx; 2706 const u8 *auth_data; 2707 size_t auth_data_len; 2708 }; 2709 2710 /** 2711 * enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags - Over-ride default behaviour in association. 2712 * 2713 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT: Disable HT (802.11n) 2714 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT: Disable VHT 2715 * @ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM: Declare RRM capability in this association 2716 * @CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: User space indicates external 2717 * authentication capability. Drivers can offload authentication to 2718 * userspace if this flag is set. Only applicable for cfg80211_connect() 2719 * request (connect callback). 2720 * @ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HE: Disable HE 2721 */ 2722 enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags { 2723 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HT = BIT(0), 2724 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_VHT = BIT(1), 2725 ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM = BIT(2), 2726 CONNECT_REQ_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT = BIT(3), 2727 ASSOC_REQ_DISABLE_HE = BIT(4), 2728 }; 2729 2730 /** 2731 * struct cfg80211_assoc_request - (Re)Association request data 2732 * 2733 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2734 * (re)association. 2735 * @bss: The BSS to associate with. If the call is successful the driver is 2736 * given a reference that it must give back to cfg80211_send_rx_assoc() 2737 * or to cfg80211_assoc_timeout(). To ensure proper refcounting, new 2738 * association requests while already associating must be rejected. 2739 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to (Re)Association Request frame or %NULL 2740 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2741 * @use_mfp: Use management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) in this association 2742 * @crypto: crypto settings 2743 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used 2744 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request 2745 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to 2746 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is 2747 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request 2748 * frame. 2749 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags 2750 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 2751 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 2752 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 2753 * @vht_capa: VHT capability override 2754 * @vht_capa_mask: VHT capability mask indicating which fields to use 2755 * @fils_kek: FILS KEK for protecting (Re)Association Request/Response frame or 2756 * %NULL if FILS is not used. 2757 * @fils_kek_len: Length of fils_kek in octets 2758 * @fils_nonces: FILS nonces (part of AAD) for protecting (Re)Association 2759 * Request/Response frame or %NULL if FILS is not used. This field starts 2760 * with 16 octets of STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce. 2761 * @s1g_capa: S1G capability override 2762 * @s1g_capa_mask: S1G capability override mask 2763 */ 2764 struct cfg80211_assoc_request { 2765 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 2766 const u8 *ie, *prev_bssid; 2767 size_t ie_len; 2768 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 2769 bool use_mfp; 2770 u32 flags; 2771 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 2772 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 2773 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa, vht_capa_mask; 2774 const u8 *fils_kek; 2775 size_t fils_kek_len; 2776 const u8 *fils_nonces; 2777 struct ieee80211_s1g_cap s1g_capa, s1g_capa_mask; 2778 }; 2779 2780 /** 2781 * struct cfg80211_deauth_request - Deauthentication request data 2782 * 2783 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2784 * deauthentication. 2785 * 2786 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS to deauthenticate from 2787 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Deauthentication frame or %NULL 2788 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2789 * @reason_code: The reason code for the deauthentication 2790 * @local_state_change: if set, change local state only and 2791 * do not set a deauth frame 2792 */ 2793 struct cfg80211_deauth_request { 2794 const u8 *bssid; 2795 const u8 *ie; 2796 size_t ie_len; 2797 u16 reason_code; 2798 bool local_state_change; 2799 }; 2800 2801 /** 2802 * struct cfg80211_disassoc_request - Disassociation request data 2803 * 2804 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2805 * disassociation. 2806 * 2807 * @bss: the BSS to disassociate from 2808 * @ie: Extra IEs to add to Disassociation frame or %NULL 2809 * @ie_len: Length of ie buffer in octets 2810 * @reason_code: The reason code for the disassociation 2811 * @local_state_change: This is a request for a local state only, i.e., no 2812 * Disassociation frame is to be transmitted. 2813 */ 2814 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request { 2815 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 2816 const u8 *ie; 2817 size_t ie_len; 2818 u16 reason_code; 2819 bool local_state_change; 2820 }; 2821 2822 /** 2823 * struct cfg80211_ibss_params - IBSS parameters 2824 * 2825 * This structure defines the IBSS parameters for the join_ibss() 2826 * method. 2827 * 2828 * @ssid: The SSID, will always be non-null. 2829 * @ssid_len: The length of the SSID, will always be non-zero. 2830 * @bssid: Fixed BSSID requested, maybe be %NULL, if set do not 2831 * search for IBSSs with a different BSSID. 2832 * @chandef: defines the channel to use if no other IBSS to join can be found 2833 * @channel_fixed: The channel should be fixed -- do not search for 2834 * IBSSs to join on other channels. 2835 * @ie: information element(s) to include in the beacon 2836 * @ie_len: length of that 2837 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval to use 2838 * @privacy: this is a protected network, keys will be configured 2839 * after joining 2840 * @control_port: whether user space controls IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., 2841 * sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED. If true, the driver is 2842 * required to assume that the port is unauthorized until authorized by 2843 * user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by default. 2844 * @control_port_over_nl80211: TRUE if userspace expects to exchange control 2845 * port frames over NL80211 instead of the network interface. 2846 * @userspace_handles_dfs: whether user space controls DFS operation, i.e. 2847 * changes the channel when a radar is detected. This is required 2848 * to operate on DFS channels. 2849 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates to use when creating the IBSS 2850 * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled) 2851 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 2852 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 2853 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 2854 * @wep_keys: static WEP keys, if not NULL points to an array of 2855 * CFG80211_MAX_WEP_KEYS WEP keys 2856 * @wep_tx_key: key index (0..3) of the default TX static WEP key 2857 */ 2858 struct cfg80211_ibss_params { 2859 const u8 *ssid; 2860 const u8 *bssid; 2861 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 2862 const u8 *ie; 2863 u8 ssid_len, ie_len; 2864 u16 beacon_interval; 2865 u32 basic_rates; 2866 bool channel_fixed; 2867 bool privacy; 2868 bool control_port; 2869 bool control_port_over_nl80211; 2870 bool userspace_handles_dfs; 2871 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 2872 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 2873 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 2874 struct key_params *wep_keys; 2875 int wep_tx_key; 2876 }; 2877 2878 /** 2879 * struct cfg80211_bss_selection - connection parameters for BSS selection. 2880 * 2881 * @behaviour: requested BSS selection behaviour. 2882 * @param: parameters for requestion behaviour. 2883 * @band_pref: preferred band for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF. 2884 * @adjust: parameters for %NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST. 2885 */ 2886 struct cfg80211_bss_selection { 2887 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr behaviour; 2888 union { 2889 enum nl80211_band band_pref; 2890 struct cfg80211_bss_select_adjust adjust; 2891 } param; 2892 }; 2893 2894 /** 2895 * struct cfg80211_connect_params - Connection parameters 2896 * 2897 * This structure provides information needed to complete IEEE 802.11 2898 * authentication and association. 2899 * 2900 * @channel: The channel to use or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based 2901 * on scan results) 2902 * @channel_hint: The channel of the recommended BSS for initial connection or 2903 * %NULL if not specified 2904 * @bssid: The AP BSSID or %NULL if not specified (auto-select based on scan 2905 * results) 2906 * @bssid_hint: The recommended AP BSSID for initial connection to the BSS or 2907 * %NULL if not specified. Unlike the @bssid parameter, the driver is 2908 * allowed to ignore this @bssid_hint if it has knowledge of a better BSS 2909 * to use. 2910 * @ssid: SSID 2911 * @ssid_len: Length of ssid in octets 2912 * @auth_type: Authentication type (algorithm) 2913 * @ie: IEs for association request 2914 * @ie_len: Length of assoc_ie in octets 2915 * @privacy: indicates whether privacy-enabled APs should be used 2916 * @mfp: indicate whether management frame protection is used 2917 * @crypto: crypto settings 2918 * @key_len: length of WEP key for shared key authentication 2919 * @key_idx: index of WEP key for shared key authentication 2920 * @key: WEP key for shared key authentication 2921 * @flags: See &enum cfg80211_assoc_req_flags 2922 * @bg_scan_period: Background scan period in seconds 2923 * or -1 to indicate that default value is to be used. 2924 * @ht_capa: HT Capabilities over-rides. Values set in ht_capa_mask 2925 * will be used in ht_capa. Un-supported values will be ignored. 2926 * @ht_capa_mask: The bits of ht_capa which are to be used. 2927 * @vht_capa: VHT Capability overrides 2928 * @vht_capa_mask: The bits of vht_capa which are to be used. 2929 * @pbss: if set, connect to a PCP instead of AP. Valid for DMG 2930 * networks. 2931 * @bss_select: criteria to be used for BSS selection. 2932 * @prev_bssid: previous BSSID, if not %NULL use reassociate frame. This is used 2933 * to indicate a request to reassociate within the ESS instead of a request 2934 * do the initial association with the ESS. When included, this is set to 2935 * the BSSID of the current association, i.e., to the value that is 2936 * included in the Current AP address field of the Reassociation Request 2937 * frame. 2938 * @fils_erp_username: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) username part of the 2939 * NAI or %NULL if not specified. This is used to construct FILS wrapped 2940 * data IE. 2941 * @fils_erp_username_len: Length of @fils_erp_username in octets. 2942 * @fils_erp_realm: EAP re-authentication protocol (ERP) realm part of NAI or 2943 * %NULL if not specified. This specifies the domain name of ER server and 2944 * is used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. 2945 * @fils_erp_realm_len: Length of @fils_erp_realm in octets. 2946 * @fils_erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in the FILS ERP 2947 * messages. This is also used to construct FILS wrapped data IE. 2948 * @fils_erp_rrk: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) used to derive additional 2949 * keys in FILS or %NULL if not specified. 2950 * @fils_erp_rrk_len: Length of @fils_erp_rrk in octets. 2951 * @want_1x: indicates user-space supports and wants to use 802.1X driver 2952 * offload of 4-way handshake. 2953 * @edmg: define the EDMG channels. 2954 * This may specify multiple channels and bonding options for the driver 2955 * to choose from, based on BSS configuration. 2956 */ 2957 struct cfg80211_connect_params { 2958 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 2959 struct ieee80211_channel *channel_hint; 2960 const u8 *bssid; 2961 const u8 *bssid_hint; 2962 const u8 *ssid; 2963 size_t ssid_len; 2964 enum nl80211_auth_type auth_type; 2965 const u8 *ie; 2966 size_t ie_len; 2967 bool privacy; 2968 enum nl80211_mfp mfp; 2969 struct cfg80211_crypto_settings crypto; 2970 const u8 *key; 2971 u8 key_len, key_idx; 2972 u32 flags; 2973 int bg_scan_period; 2974 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa; 2975 struct ieee80211_ht_cap ht_capa_mask; 2976 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa; 2977 struct ieee80211_vht_cap vht_capa_mask; 2978 bool pbss; 2979 struct cfg80211_bss_selection bss_select; 2980 const u8 *prev_bssid; 2981 const u8 *fils_erp_username; 2982 size_t fils_erp_username_len; 2983 const u8 *fils_erp_realm; 2984 size_t fils_erp_realm_len; 2985 u16 fils_erp_next_seq_num; 2986 const u8 *fils_erp_rrk; 2987 size_t fils_erp_rrk_len; 2988 bool want_1x; 2989 struct ieee80211_edmg edmg; 2990 }; 2991 2992 /** 2993 * enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed - Connection parameters being updated 2994 * 2995 * This enum provides information of all connect parameters that 2996 * have to be updated as part of update_connect_params() call. 2997 * 2998 * @UPDATE_ASSOC_IES: Indicates whether association request IEs are updated 2999 * @UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO: Indicates that FILS connection parameters (realm, 3000 * username, erp sequence number and rrk) are updated 3001 * @UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE: Indicates that authentication type is updated 3002 */ 3003 enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed { 3004 UPDATE_ASSOC_IES = BIT(0), 3005 UPDATE_FILS_ERP_INFO = BIT(1), 3006 UPDATE_AUTH_TYPE = BIT(2), 3007 }; 3008 3009 /** 3010 * enum wiphy_params_flags - set_wiphy_params bitfield values 3011 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT: wiphy->retry_short has changed 3012 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG: wiphy->retry_long has changed 3013 * @WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD: wiphy->frag_threshold has changed 3014 * @WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD: wiphy->rts_threshold has changed 3015 * @WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS: coverage class changed 3016 * @WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK: dynack has been enabled 3017 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT: TXQ packet limit has been changed 3018 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: TXQ memory limit has been changed 3019 * @WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum 3020 */ 3021 enum wiphy_params_flags { 3022 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_SHORT = 1 << 0, 3023 WIPHY_PARAM_RETRY_LONG = 1 << 1, 3024 WIPHY_PARAM_FRAG_THRESHOLD = 1 << 2, 3025 WIPHY_PARAM_RTS_THRESHOLD = 1 << 3, 3026 WIPHY_PARAM_COVERAGE_CLASS = 1 << 4, 3027 WIPHY_PARAM_DYN_ACK = 1 << 5, 3028 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_LIMIT = 1 << 6, 3029 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT = 1 << 7, 3030 WIPHY_PARAM_TXQ_QUANTUM = 1 << 8, 3031 }; 3032 3033 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AIRTIME_WEIGHT 256 3034 3035 /* The per TXQ device queue limit in airtime */ 3036 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_L 5000 3037 #define IEEE80211_DEFAULT_AQL_TXQ_LIMIT_H 12000 3038 3039 /* The per interface airtime threshold to switch to lower queue limit */ 3040 #define IEEE80211_AQL_THRESHOLD 24000 3041 3042 /** 3043 * struct cfg80211_pmksa - PMK Security Association 3044 * 3045 * This structure is passed to the set/del_pmksa() method for PMKSA 3046 * caching. 3047 * 3048 * @bssid: The AP's BSSID (may be %NULL). 3049 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA. 3050 * @pmk: The PMK for the PMKSA identified by @pmkid. This is used for key 3051 * derivation by a FILS STA. Otherwise, %NULL. 3052 * @pmk_len: Length of the @pmk. The length of @pmk can differ depending on 3053 * the hash algorithm used to generate this. 3054 * @ssid: SSID to specify the ESS within which a PMKSA is valid when using FILS 3055 * cache identifier (may be %NULL). 3056 * @ssid_len: Length of the @ssid in octets. 3057 * @cache_id: 2-octet cache identifier advertized by a FILS AP identifying the 3058 * scope of PMKSA. This is valid only if @ssid_len is non-zero (may be 3059 * %NULL). 3060 * @pmk_lifetime: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds 3061 * (dot11RSNAConfigPMKLifetime) or 0 if not specified. 3062 * The configured PMKSA must not be used for PMKSA caching after 3063 * expiration and any keys derived from this PMK become invalid on 3064 * expiration, i.e., the current association must be dropped if the PMK 3065 * used for it expires. 3066 * @pmk_reauth_threshold: Threshold time for reauthentication (percentage of 3067 * PMK lifetime, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold) or 0 if not specified. 3068 * Drivers are expected to trigger a full authentication instead of using 3069 * this PMKSA for caching when reassociating to a new BSS after this 3070 * threshold to generate a new PMK before the current one expires. 3071 */ 3072 struct cfg80211_pmksa { 3073 const u8 *bssid; 3074 const u8 *pmkid; 3075 const u8 *pmk; 3076 size_t pmk_len; 3077 const u8 *ssid; 3078 size_t ssid_len; 3079 const u8 *cache_id; 3080 u32 pmk_lifetime; 3081 u8 pmk_reauth_threshold; 3082 }; 3083 3084 /** 3085 * struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern - packet pattern 3086 * @mask: bitmask where to match pattern and where to ignore bytes, 3087 * one bit per byte, in same format as nl80211 3088 * @pattern: bytes to match where bitmask is 1 3089 * @pattern_len: length of pattern (in bytes) 3090 * @pkt_offset: packet offset (in bytes) 3091 * 3092 * Internal note: @mask and @pattern are allocated in one chunk of 3093 * memory, free @mask only! 3094 */ 3095 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern { 3096 const u8 *mask, *pattern; 3097 int pattern_len; 3098 int pkt_offset; 3099 }; 3100 3101 /** 3102 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp - TCP connection parameters 3103 * 3104 * @sock: (internal) socket for source port allocation 3105 * @src: source IP address 3106 * @dst: destination IP address 3107 * @dst_mac: destination MAC address 3108 * @src_port: source port 3109 * @dst_port: destination port 3110 * @payload_len: data payload length 3111 * @payload: data payload buffer 3112 * @payload_seq: payload sequence stamping configuration 3113 * @data_interval: interval at which to send data packets 3114 * @wake_len: wakeup payload match length 3115 * @wake_data: wakeup payload match data 3116 * @wake_mask: wakeup payload match mask 3117 * @tokens_size: length of the tokens buffer 3118 * @payload_tok: payload token usage configuration 3119 */ 3120 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp { 3121 struct socket *sock; 3122 __be32 src, dst; 3123 u16 src_port, dst_port; 3124 u8 dst_mac[ETH_ALEN]; 3125 int payload_len; 3126 const u8 *payload; 3127 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq payload_seq; 3128 u32 data_interval; 3129 u32 wake_len; 3130 const u8 *wake_data, *wake_mask; 3131 u32 tokens_size; 3132 /* must be last, variable member */ 3133 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token payload_tok; 3134 }; 3135 3136 /** 3137 * struct cfg80211_wowlan - Wake on Wireless-LAN support info 3138 * 3139 * This structure defines the enabled WoWLAN triggers for the device. 3140 * @any: wake up on any activity -- special trigger if device continues 3141 * operating as normal during suspend 3142 * @disconnect: wake up if getting disconnected 3143 * @magic_pkt: wake up on receiving magic packet 3144 * @patterns: wake up on receiving packet matching a pattern 3145 * @n_patterns: number of patterns 3146 * @gtk_rekey_failure: wake up on GTK rekey failure 3147 * @eap_identity_req: wake up on EAP identity request packet 3148 * @four_way_handshake: wake up on 4-way handshake 3149 * @rfkill_release: wake up when rfkill is released 3150 * @tcp: TCP connection establishment/wakeup parameters, see nl80211.h. 3151 * NULL if not configured. 3152 * @nd_config: configuration for the scan to be used for net detect wake. 3153 */ 3154 struct cfg80211_wowlan { 3155 bool any, disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, 3156 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, 3157 rfkill_release; 3158 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; 3159 struct cfg80211_wowlan_tcp *tcp; 3160 int n_patterns; 3161 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *nd_config; 3162 }; 3163 3164 /** 3165 * struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules - Coalesce rule parameters 3166 * 3167 * This structure defines coalesce rule for the device. 3168 * @delay: maximum coalescing delay in msecs. 3169 * @condition: condition for packet coalescence. 3170 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition. 3171 * @patterns: array of packet patterns 3172 * @n_patterns: number of patterns 3173 */ 3174 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules { 3175 int delay; 3176 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition condition; 3177 struct cfg80211_pkt_pattern *patterns; 3178 int n_patterns; 3179 }; 3180 3181 /** 3182 * struct cfg80211_coalesce - Packet coalescing settings 3183 * 3184 * This structure defines coalescing settings. 3185 * @rules: array of coalesce rules 3186 * @n_rules: number of rules 3187 */ 3188 struct cfg80211_coalesce { 3189 struct cfg80211_coalesce_rules *rules; 3190 int n_rules; 3191 }; 3192 3193 /** 3194 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match - information about the match 3195 * 3196 * @ssid: SSID of the match that triggered the wake up 3197 * @n_channels: Number of channels where the match occurred. This 3198 * value may be zero if the driver can't report the channels. 3199 * @channels: center frequencies of the channels where a match 3200 * occurred (in MHz) 3201 */ 3202 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match { 3203 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 3204 int n_channels; 3205 u32 channels[]; 3206 }; 3207 3208 /** 3209 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info - net detect wake up information 3210 * 3211 * @n_matches: Number of match information instances provided in 3212 * @matches. This value may be zero if the driver can't provide 3213 * match information. 3214 * @matches: Array of pointers to matches containing information about 3215 * the matches that triggered the wake up. 3216 */ 3217 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info { 3218 int n_matches; 3219 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_match *matches[]; 3220 }; 3221 3222 /** 3223 * struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup - wakeup report 3224 * @disconnect: woke up by getting disconnected 3225 * @magic_pkt: woke up by receiving magic packet 3226 * @gtk_rekey_failure: woke up by GTK rekey failure 3227 * @eap_identity_req: woke up by EAP identity request packet 3228 * @four_way_handshake: woke up by 4-way handshake 3229 * @rfkill_release: woke up by rfkill being released 3230 * @pattern_idx: pattern that caused wakeup, -1 if not due to pattern 3231 * @packet_present_len: copied wakeup packet data 3232 * @packet_len: original wakeup packet length 3233 * @packet: The packet causing the wakeup, if any. 3234 * @packet_80211: For pattern match, magic packet and other data 3235 * frame triggers an 802.3 frame should be reported, for 3236 * disconnect due to deauth 802.11 frame. This indicates which 3237 * it is. 3238 * @tcp_match: TCP wakeup packet received 3239 * @tcp_connlost: TCP connection lost or failed to establish 3240 * @tcp_nomoretokens: TCP data ran out of tokens 3241 * @net_detect: if not %NULL, woke up because of net detect 3242 */ 3243 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup { 3244 bool disconnect, magic_pkt, gtk_rekey_failure, 3245 eap_identity_req, four_way_handshake, 3246 rfkill_release, packet_80211, 3247 tcp_match, tcp_connlost, tcp_nomoretokens; 3248 s32 pattern_idx; 3249 u32 packet_present_len, packet_len; 3250 const void *packet; 3251 struct cfg80211_wowlan_nd_info *net_detect; 3252 }; 3253 3254 /** 3255 * struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data - rekey data 3256 * @kek: key encryption key (@kek_len bytes) 3257 * @kck: key confirmation key (@kck_len bytes) 3258 * @replay_ctr: replay counter (NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN bytes) 3259 * @kek_len: length of kek 3260 * @kck_len length of kck 3261 * @akm: akm (oui, id) 3262 */ 3263 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data { 3264 const u8 *kek, *kck, *replay_ctr; 3265 u32 akm; 3266 u8 kek_len, kck_len; 3267 }; 3268 3269 /** 3270 * struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params - FT IE Information 3271 * 3272 * This structure provides information needed to update the fast transition IE 3273 * 3274 * @md: The Mobility Domain ID, 2 Octet value 3275 * @ie: Fast Transition IEs 3276 * @ie_len: Length of ft_ie in octets 3277 */ 3278 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params { 3279 u16 md; 3280 const u8 *ie; 3281 size_t ie_len; 3282 }; 3283 3284 /** 3285 * struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params - mgmt tx parameters 3286 * 3287 * This structure provides information needed to transmit a mgmt frame 3288 * 3289 * @chan: channel to use 3290 * @offchan: indicates wether off channel operation is required 3291 * @wait: duration for ROC 3292 * @buf: buffer to transmit 3293 * @len: buffer length 3294 * @no_cck: don't use cck rates for this frame 3295 * @dont_wait_for_ack: tells the low level not to wait for an ack 3296 * @n_csa_offsets: length of csa_offsets array 3297 * @csa_offsets: array of all the csa offsets in the frame 3298 */ 3299 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params { 3300 struct ieee80211_channel *chan; 3301 bool offchan; 3302 unsigned int wait; 3303 const u8 *buf; 3304 size_t len; 3305 bool no_cck; 3306 bool dont_wait_for_ack; 3307 int n_csa_offsets; 3308 const u16 *csa_offsets; 3309 }; 3310 3311 /** 3312 * struct cfg80211_dscp_exception - DSCP exception 3313 * 3314 * @dscp: DSCP value that does not adhere to the user priority range definition 3315 * @up: user priority value to which the corresponding DSCP value belongs 3316 */ 3317 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception { 3318 u8 dscp; 3319 u8 up; 3320 }; 3321 3322 /** 3323 * struct cfg80211_dscp_range - DSCP range definition for user priority 3324 * 3325 * @low: lowest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive 3326 * @high: highest DSCP value of this user priority range, inclusive 3327 */ 3328 struct cfg80211_dscp_range { 3329 u8 low; 3330 u8 high; 3331 }; 3332 3333 /* QoS Map Set element length defined in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97 */ 3334 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX 21 3335 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN 16 3336 #define IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MAX \ 3337 (IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_LEN_MIN + 2 * IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX) 3338 3339 /** 3340 * struct cfg80211_qos_map - QoS Map Information 3341 * 3342 * This struct defines the Interworking QoS map setting for DSCP values 3343 * 3344 * @num_des: number of DSCP exceptions (0..21) 3345 * @dscp_exception: optionally up to maximum of 21 DSCP exceptions from 3346 * the user priority DSCP range definition 3347 * @up: DSCP range definition for a particular user priority 3348 */ 3349 struct cfg80211_qos_map { 3350 u8 num_des; 3351 struct cfg80211_dscp_exception dscp_exception[IEEE80211_QOS_MAP_MAX_EX]; 3352 struct cfg80211_dscp_range up[8]; 3353 }; 3354 3355 /** 3356 * struct cfg80211_nan_conf - NAN configuration 3357 * 3358 * This struct defines NAN configuration parameters 3359 * 3360 * @master_pref: master preference (1 - 255) 3361 * @bands: operating bands, a bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. 3362 * For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set 3363 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). 3364 */ 3365 struct cfg80211_nan_conf { 3366 u8 master_pref; 3367 u8 bands; 3368 }; 3369 3370 /** 3371 * enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes - indicates changed fields in NAN 3372 * configuration 3373 * 3374 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF: master preference 3375 * @CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS: operating bands 3376 */ 3377 enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes { 3378 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_PREF = BIT(0), 3379 CFG80211_NAN_CONF_CHANGED_BANDS = BIT(1), 3380 }; 3381 3382 /** 3383 * struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter - a NAN function Rx / Tx filter 3384 * 3385 * @filter: the content of the filter 3386 * @len: the length of the filter 3387 */ 3388 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter { 3389 const u8 *filter; 3390 u8 len; 3391 }; 3392 3393 /** 3394 * struct cfg80211_nan_func - a NAN function 3395 * 3396 * @type: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type 3397 * @service_id: the service ID of the function 3398 * @publish_type: &nl80211_nan_publish_type 3399 * @close_range: if true, the range should be limited. Threshold is 3400 * implementation specific. 3401 * @publish_bcast: if true, the solicited publish should be broadcasted 3402 * @subscribe_active: if true, the subscribe is active 3403 * @followup_id: the instance ID for follow up 3404 * @followup_reqid: the requestor instance ID for follow up 3405 * @followup_dest: MAC address of the recipient of the follow up 3406 * @ttl: time to live counter in DW. 3407 * @serv_spec_info: Service Specific Info 3408 * @serv_spec_info_len: Service Specific Info length 3409 * @srf_include: if true, SRF is inclusive 3410 * @srf_bf: Bloom Filter 3411 * @srf_bf_len: Bloom Filter length 3412 * @srf_bf_idx: Bloom Filter index 3413 * @srf_macs: SRF MAC addresses 3414 * @srf_num_macs: number of MAC addresses in SRF 3415 * @rx_filters: rx filters that are matched with corresponding peer's tx_filter 3416 * @tx_filters: filters that should be transmitted in the SDF. 3417 * @num_rx_filters: length of &rx_filters. 3418 * @num_tx_filters: length of &tx_filters. 3419 * @instance_id: driver allocated id of the function. 3420 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier. 3421 */ 3422 struct cfg80211_nan_func { 3423 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; 3424 u8 service_id[NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN]; 3425 u8 publish_type; 3426 bool close_range; 3427 bool publish_bcast; 3428 bool subscribe_active; 3429 u8 followup_id; 3430 u8 followup_reqid; 3431 struct mac_address followup_dest; 3432 u32 ttl; 3433 const u8 *serv_spec_info; 3434 u8 serv_spec_info_len; 3435 bool srf_include; 3436 const u8 *srf_bf; 3437 u8 srf_bf_len; 3438 u8 srf_bf_idx; 3439 struct mac_address *srf_macs; 3440 int srf_num_macs; 3441 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *rx_filters; 3442 struct cfg80211_nan_func_filter *tx_filters; 3443 u8 num_tx_filters; 3444 u8 num_rx_filters; 3445 u8 instance_id; 3446 u64 cookie; 3447 }; 3448 3449 /** 3450 * struct cfg80211_pmk_conf - PMK configuration 3451 * 3452 * @aa: authenticator address 3453 * @pmk_len: PMK length in bytes. 3454 * @pmk: the PMK material 3455 * @pmk_r0_name: PMK-R0 Name. NULL if not applicable (i.e., the PMK 3456 * is not PMK-R0). When pmk_r0_name is not NULL, the pmk field 3457 * holds PMK-R0. 3458 */ 3459 struct cfg80211_pmk_conf { 3460 const u8 *aa; 3461 u8 pmk_len; 3462 const u8 *pmk; 3463 const u8 *pmk_r0_name; 3464 }; 3465 3466 /** 3467 * struct cfg80211_external_auth_params - Trigger External authentication. 3468 * 3469 * Commonly used across the external auth request and event interfaces. 3470 * 3471 * @action: action type / trigger for external authentication. Only significant 3472 * for the authentication request event interface (driver to user space). 3473 * @bssid: BSSID of the peer with which the authentication has 3474 * to happen. Used by both the authentication request event and 3475 * authentication response command interface. 3476 * @ssid: SSID of the AP. Used by both the authentication request event and 3477 * authentication response command interface. 3478 * @key_mgmt_suite: AKM suite of the respective authentication. Used by the 3479 * authentication request event interface. 3480 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful authentication, 3481 * use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space cannot give you 3482 * the real status code for failures. Used only for the authentication 3483 * response command interface (user space to driver). 3484 * @pmkid: The identifier to refer a PMKSA. 3485 */ 3486 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params { 3487 enum nl80211_external_auth_action action; 3488 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3489 struct cfg80211_ssid ssid; 3490 unsigned int key_mgmt_suite; 3491 u16 status; 3492 const u8 *pmkid; 3493 }; 3494 3495 /** 3496 * struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics 3497 * 3498 * @filled: bitflag of flags using the bits of &enum nl80211_ftm_stats to 3499 * indicate the relevant values in this struct for them 3500 * @success_num: number of FTM sessions in which all frames were successfully 3501 * answered 3502 * @partial_num: number of FTM sessions in which part of frames were 3503 * successfully answered 3504 * @failed_num: number of failed FTM sessions 3505 * @asap_num: number of ASAP FTM sessions 3506 * @non_asap_num: number of non-ASAP FTM sessions 3507 * @total_duration_ms: total sessions durations - gives an indication 3508 * of how much time the responder was busy 3509 * @unknown_triggers_num: number of unknown FTM triggers - triggers from 3510 * initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation phase with 3511 * the responder 3512 * @reschedule_requests_num: number of FTM reschedule requests - initiator asks 3513 * for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled FTM slot 3514 * @out_of_window_triggers_num: total FTM triggers out of scheduled window 3515 */ 3516 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats { 3517 u32 filled; 3518 u32 success_num; 3519 u32 partial_num; 3520 u32 failed_num; 3521 u32 asap_num; 3522 u32 non_asap_num; 3523 u64 total_duration_ms; 3524 u32 unknown_triggers_num; 3525 u32 reschedule_requests_num; 3526 u32 out_of_window_triggers_num; 3527 }; 3528 3529 /** 3530 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result - FTM result 3531 * @failure_reason: if this measurement failed (PMSR status is 3532 * %NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE), this gives a more precise 3533 * reason than just "failure" 3534 * @burst_index: if reporting partial results, this is the index 3535 * in [0 .. num_bursts-1] of the burst that's being reported 3536 * @num_ftmr_attempts: number of FTM request frames transmitted 3537 * @num_ftmr_successes: number of FTM request frames acked 3538 * @busy_retry_time: if failure_reason is %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY, 3539 * fill this to indicate in how many seconds a retry is deemed possible 3540 * by the responder 3541 * @num_bursts_exp: actual number of bursts exponent negotiated 3542 * @burst_duration: actual burst duration negotiated 3543 * @ftms_per_burst: actual FTMs per burst negotiated 3544 * @lci_len: length of LCI information (if present) 3545 * @civicloc_len: length of civic location information (if present) 3546 * @lci: LCI data (may be %NULL) 3547 * @civicloc: civic location data (may be %NULL) 3548 * @rssi_avg: average RSSI over FTM action frames reported 3549 * @rssi_spread: spread of the RSSI over FTM action frames reported 3550 * @tx_rate: bitrate for transmitted FTM action frame response 3551 * @rx_rate: bitrate of received FTM action frame 3552 * @rtt_avg: average of RTTs measured (must have either this or @dist_avg) 3553 * @rtt_variance: variance of RTTs measured (note that standard deviation is 3554 * the square root of the variance) 3555 * @rtt_spread: spread of the RTTs measured 3556 * @dist_avg: average of distances (mm) measured 3557 * (must have either this or @rtt_avg) 3558 * @dist_variance: variance of distances measured (see also @rtt_variance) 3559 * @dist_spread: spread of distances measured (see also @rtt_spread) 3560 * @num_ftmr_attempts_valid: @num_ftmr_attempts is valid 3561 * @num_ftmr_successes_valid: @num_ftmr_successes is valid 3562 * @rssi_avg_valid: @rssi_avg is valid 3563 * @rssi_spread_valid: @rssi_spread is valid 3564 * @tx_rate_valid: @tx_rate is valid 3565 * @rx_rate_valid: @rx_rate is valid 3566 * @rtt_avg_valid: @rtt_avg is valid 3567 * @rtt_variance_valid: @rtt_variance is valid 3568 * @rtt_spread_valid: @rtt_spread is valid 3569 * @dist_avg_valid: @dist_avg is valid 3570 * @dist_variance_valid: @dist_variance is valid 3571 * @dist_spread_valid: @dist_spread is valid 3572 */ 3573 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result { 3574 const u8 *lci; 3575 const u8 *civicloc; 3576 unsigned int lci_len; 3577 unsigned int civicloc_len; 3578 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons failure_reason; 3579 u32 num_ftmr_attempts, num_ftmr_successes; 3580 s16 burst_index; 3581 u8 busy_retry_time; 3582 u8 num_bursts_exp; 3583 u8 burst_duration; 3584 u8 ftms_per_burst; 3585 s32 rssi_avg; 3586 s32 rssi_spread; 3587 struct rate_info tx_rate, rx_rate; 3588 s64 rtt_avg; 3589 s64 rtt_variance; 3590 s64 rtt_spread; 3591 s64 dist_avg; 3592 s64 dist_variance; 3593 s64 dist_spread; 3594 3595 u16 num_ftmr_attempts_valid:1, 3596 num_ftmr_successes_valid:1, 3597 rssi_avg_valid:1, 3598 rssi_spread_valid:1, 3599 tx_rate_valid:1, 3600 rx_rate_valid:1, 3601 rtt_avg_valid:1, 3602 rtt_variance_valid:1, 3603 rtt_spread_valid:1, 3604 dist_avg_valid:1, 3605 dist_variance_valid:1, 3606 dist_spread_valid:1; 3607 }; 3608 3609 /** 3610 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_result - peer measurement result 3611 * @addr: address of the peer 3612 * @host_time: host time (use ktime_get_boottime() adjust to the time when the 3613 * measurement was made) 3614 * @ap_tsf: AP's TSF at measurement time 3615 * @status: status of the measurement 3616 * @final: if reporting partial results, mark this as the last one; if not 3617 * reporting partial results always set this flag 3618 * @ap_tsf_valid: indicates the @ap_tsf value is valid 3619 * @type: type of the measurement reported, note that we only support reporting 3620 * one type at a time, but you can report multiple results separately and 3621 * they're all aggregated for userspace. 3622 */ 3623 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result { 3624 u64 host_time, ap_tsf; 3625 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status status; 3626 3627 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 3628 3629 u8 final:1, 3630 ap_tsf_valid:1; 3631 3632 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type type; 3633 3634 union { 3635 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_result ftm; 3636 }; 3637 }; 3638 3639 /** 3640 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer - FTM request data 3641 * @requested: indicates FTM is requested 3642 * @preamble: frame preamble to use 3643 * @burst_period: burst period to use 3644 * @asap: indicates to use ASAP mode 3645 * @num_bursts_exp: number of bursts exponent 3646 * @burst_duration: burst duration 3647 * @ftms_per_burst: number of FTMs per burst 3648 * @ftmr_retries: number of retries for FTM request 3649 * @request_lci: request LCI information 3650 * @request_civicloc: request civic location information 3651 * @trigger_based: use trigger based ranging for the measurement 3652 * If neither @trigger_based nor @non_trigger_based is set, 3653 * EDCA based ranging will be used. 3654 * @non_trigger_based: use non trigger based ranging for the measurement 3655 * If neither @trigger_based nor @non_trigger_based is set, 3656 * EDCA based ranging will be used. 3657 * @lmr_feedback: negotiate for I2R LMR feedback. Only valid if either 3658 * @trigger_based or @non_trigger_based is set. 3659 * @bss_color: the bss color of the responder. Optional. Set to zero to 3660 * indicate the driver should set the BSS color. Only valid if 3661 * @non_trigger_based or @trigger_based is set. 3662 * 3663 * See also nl80211 for the respective attribute documentation. 3664 */ 3665 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer { 3666 enum nl80211_preamble preamble; 3667 u16 burst_period; 3668 u8 requested:1, 3669 asap:1, 3670 request_lci:1, 3671 request_civicloc:1, 3672 trigger_based:1, 3673 non_trigger_based:1, 3674 lmr_feedback:1; 3675 u8 num_bursts_exp; 3676 u8 burst_duration; 3677 u8 ftms_per_burst; 3678 u8 ftmr_retries; 3679 u8 bss_color; 3680 }; 3681 3682 /** 3683 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer - peer data for a peer measurement request 3684 * @addr: MAC address 3685 * @chandef: channel to use 3686 * @report_ap_tsf: report the associated AP's TSF 3687 * @ftm: FTM data, see &struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer 3688 */ 3689 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer { 3690 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN]; 3691 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 3692 u8 report_ap_tsf:1; 3693 struct cfg80211_pmsr_ftm_request_peer ftm; 3694 }; 3695 3696 /** 3697 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_request - peer measurement request 3698 * @cookie: cookie, set by cfg80211 3699 * @nl_portid: netlink portid - used by cfg80211 3700 * @drv_data: driver data for this request, if required for aborting, 3701 * not otherwise freed or anything by cfg80211 3702 * @mac_addr: MAC address used for (randomised) request 3703 * @mac_addr_mask: MAC address mask used for randomisation, bits that 3704 * are 0 in the mask should be randomised, bits that are 1 should 3705 * be taken from the @mac_addr 3706 * @list: used by cfg80211 to hold on to the request 3707 * @timeout: timeout (in milliseconds) for the whole operation, if 3708 * zero it means there's no timeout 3709 * @n_peers: number of peers to do measurements with 3710 * @peers: per-peer measurement request data 3711 */ 3712 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request { 3713 u64 cookie; 3714 void *drv_data; 3715 u32 n_peers; 3716 u32 nl_portid; 3717 3718 u32 timeout; 3719 3720 u8 mac_addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3721 u8 mac_addr_mask[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3722 3723 struct list_head list; 3724 3725 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request_peer peers[]; 3726 }; 3727 3728 /** 3729 * struct cfg80211_update_owe_info - OWE Information 3730 * 3731 * This structure provides information needed for the drivers to offload OWE 3732 * (Opportunistic Wireless Encryption) processing to the user space. 3733 * 3734 * Commonly used across update_owe_info request and event interfaces. 3735 * 3736 * @peer: MAC address of the peer device for which the OWE processing 3737 * has to be done. 3738 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful OWE info 3739 * processing, use %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if user space 3740 * cannot give you the real status code for failures. Used only for 3741 * OWE update request command interface (user space to driver). 3742 * @ie: IEs obtained from the peer or constructed by the user space. These are 3743 * the IEs of the remote peer in the event from the host driver and 3744 * the constructed IEs by the user space in the request interface. 3745 * @ie_len: Length of IEs in octets. 3746 */ 3747 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info { 3748 u8 peer[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2); 3749 u16 status; 3750 const u8 *ie; 3751 size_t ie_len; 3752 }; 3753 3754 /** 3755 * struct mgmt_frame_regs - management frame registrations data 3756 * @global_stypes: bitmap of management frame subtypes registered 3757 * for the entire device 3758 * @interface_stypes: bitmap of management frame subtypes registered 3759 * for the given interface 3760 * @global_mcast_rx: mcast RX is needed globally for these subtypes 3761 * @interface_mcast_stypes: mcast RX is needed on this interface 3762 * for these subtypes 3763 */ 3764 struct mgmt_frame_regs { 3765 u32 global_stypes, interface_stypes; 3766 u32 global_mcast_stypes, interface_mcast_stypes; 3767 }; 3768 3769 /** 3770 * struct cfg80211_ops - backend description for wireless configuration 3771 * 3772 * This struct is registered by fullmac card drivers and/or wireless stacks 3773 * in order to handle configuration requests on their interfaces. 3774 * 3775 * All callbacks except where otherwise noted should return 0 3776 * on success or a negative error code. 3777 * 3778 * All operations are invoked with the wiphy mutex held. The RTNL may be 3779 * held in addition (due to wireless extensions) but this cannot be relied 3780 * upon except in cases where documented below. Note that due to ordering, 3781 * the RTNL also cannot be acquired in any handlers. 3782 * 3783 * @suspend: wiphy device needs to be suspended. The variable @wow will 3784 * be %NULL or contain the enabled Wake-on-Wireless triggers that are 3785 * configured for the device. 3786 * @resume: wiphy device needs to be resumed 3787 * @set_wakeup: Called when WoWLAN is enabled/disabled, use this callback 3788 * to call device_set_wakeup_enable() to enable/disable wakeup from 3789 * the device. 3790 * 3791 * @add_virtual_intf: create a new virtual interface with the given name, 3792 * must set the struct wireless_dev's iftype. Beware: You must create 3793 * the new netdev in the wiphy's network namespace! Returns the struct 3794 * wireless_dev, or an ERR_PTR. For P2P device wdevs, the driver must 3795 * also set the address member in the wdev. 3796 * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes. 3797 * 3798 * @del_virtual_intf: remove the virtual interface 3799 * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes. 3800 * 3801 * @change_virtual_intf: change type/configuration of virtual interface, 3802 * keep the struct wireless_dev's iftype updated. 3803 * This additionally holds the RTNL to be able to do netdev changes. 3804 * 3805 * @add_key: add a key with the given parameters. @mac_addr will be %NULL 3806 * when adding a group key. 3807 * 3808 * @get_key: get information about the key with the given parameters. 3809 * @mac_addr will be %NULL when requesting information for a group 3810 * key. All pointers given to the @callback function need not be valid 3811 * after it returns. This function should return an error if it is 3812 * not possible to retrieve the key, -ENOENT if it doesn't exist. 3813 * 3814 * @del_key: remove a key given the @mac_addr (%NULL for a group key) 3815 * and @key_index, return -ENOENT if the key doesn't exist. 3816 * 3817 * @set_default_key: set the default key on an interface 3818 * 3819 * @set_default_mgmt_key: set the default management frame key on an interface 3820 * 3821 * @set_default_beacon_key: set the default Beacon frame key on an interface 3822 * 3823 * @set_rekey_data: give the data necessary for GTK rekeying to the driver 3824 * 3825 * @start_ap: Start acting in AP mode defined by the parameters. 3826 * @change_beacon: Change the beacon parameters for an access point mode 3827 * interface. This should reject the call when AP mode wasn't started. 3828 * @stop_ap: Stop being an AP, including stopping beaconing. 3829 * 3830 * @add_station: Add a new station. 3831 * @del_station: Remove a station 3832 * @change_station: Modify a given station. Note that flags changes are not much 3833 * validated in cfg80211, in particular the auth/assoc/authorized flags 3834 * might come to the driver in invalid combinations -- make sure to check 3835 * them, also against the existing state! Drivers must call 3836 * cfg80211_check_station_change() to validate the information. 3837 * @get_station: get station information for the station identified by @mac 3838 * @dump_station: dump station callback -- resume dump at index @idx 3839 * 3840 * @add_mpath: add a fixed mesh path 3841 * @del_mpath: delete a given mesh path 3842 * @change_mpath: change a given mesh path 3843 * @get_mpath: get a mesh path for the given parameters 3844 * @dump_mpath: dump mesh path callback -- resume dump at index @idx 3845 * @get_mpp: get a mesh proxy path for the given parameters 3846 * @dump_mpp: dump mesh proxy path callback -- resume dump at index @idx 3847 * @join_mesh: join the mesh network with the specified parameters 3848 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3849 * @leave_mesh: leave the current mesh network 3850 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3851 * 3852 * @get_mesh_config: Get the current mesh configuration 3853 * 3854 * @update_mesh_config: Update mesh parameters on a running mesh. 3855 * The mask is a bitfield which tells us which parameters to 3856 * set, and which to leave alone. 3857 * 3858 * @change_bss: Modify parameters for a given BSS. 3859 * 3860 * @set_txq_params: Set TX queue parameters 3861 * 3862 * @libertas_set_mesh_channel: Only for backward compatibility for libertas, 3863 * as it doesn't implement join_mesh and needs to set the channel to 3864 * join the mesh instead. 3865 * 3866 * @set_monitor_channel: Set the monitor mode channel for the device. If other 3867 * interfaces are active this callback should reject the configuration. 3868 * If no interfaces are active or the device is down, the channel should 3869 * be stored for when a monitor interface becomes active. 3870 * 3871 * @scan: Request to do a scan. If returning zero, the scan request is given 3872 * the driver, and will be valid until passed to cfg80211_scan_done(). 3873 * For scan results, call cfg80211_inform_bss(); you can call this outside 3874 * the scan/scan_done bracket too. 3875 * @abort_scan: Tell the driver to abort an ongoing scan. The driver shall 3876 * indicate the status of the scan through cfg80211_scan_done(). 3877 * 3878 * @auth: Request to authenticate with the specified peer 3879 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3880 * @assoc: Request to (re)associate with the specified peer 3881 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3882 * @deauth: Request to deauthenticate from the specified peer 3883 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3884 * @disassoc: Request to disassociate from the specified peer 3885 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3886 * 3887 * @connect: Connect to the ESS with the specified parameters. When connected, 3888 * call cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with status code 3889 * %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS. If the connection fails for some reason, call 3890 * cfg80211_connect_result()/cfg80211_connect_bss() with the status code 3891 * from the AP or cfg80211_connect_timeout() if no frame with status code 3892 * was received. 3893 * The driver is allowed to roam to other BSSes within the ESS when the 3894 * other BSS matches the connect parameters. When such roaming is initiated 3895 * by the driver, the driver is expected to verify that the target matches 3896 * the configured security parameters and to use Reassociation Request 3897 * frame instead of Association Request frame. 3898 * The connect function can also be used to request the driver to perform a 3899 * specific roam when connected to an ESS. In that case, the prev_bssid 3900 * parameter is set to the BSSID of the currently associated BSS as an 3901 * indication of requesting reassociation. 3902 * In both the driver-initiated and new connect() call initiated roaming 3903 * cases, the result of roaming is indicated with a call to 3904 * cfg80211_roamed(). (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3905 * @update_connect_params: Update the connect parameters while connected to a 3906 * BSS. The updated parameters can be used by driver/firmware for 3907 * subsequent BSS selection (roaming) decisions and to form the 3908 * Authentication/(Re)Association Request frames. This call does not 3909 * request an immediate disassociation or reassociation with the current 3910 * BSS, i.e., this impacts only subsequent (re)associations. The bits in 3911 * changed are defined in &enum cfg80211_connect_params_changed. 3912 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3913 * @disconnect: Disconnect from the BSS/ESS or stop connection attempts if 3914 * connection is in progress. Once done, call cfg80211_disconnected() in 3915 * case connection was already established (invoked with the 3916 * wireless_dev mutex held), otherwise call cfg80211_connect_timeout(). 3917 * 3918 * @join_ibss: Join the specified IBSS (or create if necessary). Once done, call 3919 * cfg80211_ibss_joined(), also call that function when changing BSSID due 3920 * to a merge. 3921 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3922 * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS. 3923 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 3924 * 3925 * @set_mcast_rate: Set the specified multicast rate (only if vif is in ADHOC or 3926 * MESH mode) 3927 * 3928 * @set_wiphy_params: Notify that wiphy parameters have changed; 3929 * @changed bitfield (see &enum wiphy_params_flags) describes which values 3930 * have changed. The actual parameter values are available in 3931 * struct wiphy. If returning an error, no value should be changed. 3932 * 3933 * @set_tx_power: set the transmit power according to the parameters, 3934 * the power passed is in mBm, to get dBm use MBM_TO_DBM(). The 3935 * wdev may be %NULL if power was set for the wiphy, and will 3936 * always be %NULL unless the driver supports per-vif TX power 3937 * (as advertised by the nl80211 feature flag.) 3938 * @get_tx_power: store the current TX power into the dbm variable; 3939 * return 0 if successful 3940 * 3941 * @rfkill_poll: polls the hw rfkill line, use cfg80211 reporting 3942 * functions to adjust rfkill hw state 3943 * 3944 * @dump_survey: get site survey information. 3945 * 3946 * @remain_on_channel: Request the driver to remain awake on the specified 3947 * channel for the specified duration to complete an off-channel 3948 * operation (e.g., public action frame exchange). When the driver is 3949 * ready on the requested channel, it must indicate this with an event 3950 * notification by calling cfg80211_ready_on_channel(). 3951 * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Cancel an on-going remain-on-channel operation. 3952 * This allows the operation to be terminated prior to timeout based on 3953 * the duration value. 3954 * @mgmt_tx: Transmit a management frame. 3955 * @mgmt_tx_cancel_wait: Cancel the wait time from transmitting a management 3956 * frame on another channel 3957 * 3958 * @testmode_cmd: run a test mode command; @wdev may be %NULL 3959 * @testmode_dump: Implement a test mode dump. The cb->args[2] and up may be 3960 * used by the function, but 0 and 1 must not be touched. Additionally, 3961 * return error codes other than -ENOBUFS and -ENOENT will terminate the 3962 * dump and return to userspace with an error, so be careful. If any data 3963 * was passed in from userspace then the data/len arguments will be present 3964 * and point to the data contained in %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA. 3965 * 3966 * @set_bitrate_mask: set the bitrate mask configuration 3967 * 3968 * @set_pmksa: Cache a PMKID for a BSSID. This is mostly useful for fullmac 3969 * devices running firmwares capable of generating the (re) association 3970 * RSN IE. It allows for faster roaming between WPA2 BSSIDs. 3971 * @del_pmksa: Delete a cached PMKID. 3972 * @flush_pmksa: Flush all cached PMKIDs. 3973 * @set_power_mgmt: Configure WLAN power management. A timeout value of -1 3974 * allows the driver to adjust the dynamic ps timeout value. 3975 * @set_cqm_rssi_config: Configure connection quality monitor RSSI threshold. 3976 * After configuration, the driver should (soon) send an event indicating 3977 * the current level is above/below the configured threshold; this may 3978 * need some care when the configuration is changed (without first being 3979 * disabled.) 3980 * @set_cqm_rssi_range_config: Configure two RSSI thresholds in the 3981 * connection quality monitor. An event is to be sent only when the 3982 * signal level is found to be outside the two values. The driver should 3983 * set %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST if this method is implemented. 3984 * If it is provided then there's no point providing @set_cqm_rssi_config. 3985 * @set_cqm_txe_config: Configure connection quality monitor TX error 3986 * thresholds. 3987 * @sched_scan_start: Tell the driver to start a scheduled scan. 3988 * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the driver to stop an ongoing scheduled scan with 3989 * given request id. This call must stop the scheduled scan and be ready 3990 * for starting a new one before it returns, i.e. @sched_scan_start may be 3991 * called immediately after that again and should not fail in that case. 3992 * The driver should not call cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped() for a requested 3993 * stop (when this method returns 0). 3994 * 3995 * @update_mgmt_frame_registrations: Notify the driver that management frame 3996 * registrations were updated. The callback is allowed to sleep. 3997 * 3998 * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device. 3999 * Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may 4000 * reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL 4001 * (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX). 4002 * 4003 * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant). 4004 * 4005 * @tdls_mgmt: Transmit a TDLS management frame. 4006 * @tdls_oper: Perform a high-level TDLS operation (e.g. TDLS link setup). 4007 * 4008 * @probe_client: probe an associated client, must return a cookie that it 4009 * later passes to cfg80211_probe_status(). 4010 * 4011 * @set_noack_map: Set the NoAck Map for the TIDs. 4012 * 4013 * @get_channel: Get the current operating channel for the virtual interface. 4014 * For monitor interfaces, it should return %NULL unless there's a single 4015 * current monitoring channel. 4016 * 4017 * @start_p2p_device: Start the given P2P device. 4018 * @stop_p2p_device: Stop the given P2P device. 4019 * 4020 * @set_mac_acl: Sets MAC address control list in AP and P2P GO mode. 4021 * Parameters include ACL policy, an array of MAC address of stations 4022 * and the number of MAC addresses. If there is already a list in driver 4023 * this new list replaces the existing one. Driver has to clear its ACL 4024 * when number of MAC addresses entries is passed as 0. Drivers which 4025 * advertise the support for MAC based ACL have to implement this callback. 4026 * 4027 * @start_radar_detection: Start radar detection in the driver. 4028 * 4029 * @end_cac: End running CAC, probably because a related CAC 4030 * was finished on another phy. 4031 * 4032 * @update_ft_ies: Provide updated Fast BSS Transition information to the 4033 * driver. If the SME is in the driver/firmware, this information can be 4034 * used in building Authentication and Reassociation Request frames. 4035 * 4036 * @crit_proto_start: Indicates a critical protocol needs more link reliability 4037 * for a given duration (milliseconds). The protocol is provided so the 4038 * driver can take the most appropriate actions. 4039 * @crit_proto_stop: Indicates critical protocol no longer needs increased link 4040 * reliability. This operation can not fail. 4041 * @set_coalesce: Set coalesce parameters. 4042 * 4043 * @channel_switch: initiate channel-switch procedure (with CSA). Driver is 4044 * responsible for veryfing if the switch is possible. Since this is 4045 * inherently tricky driver may decide to disconnect an interface later 4046 * with cfg80211_stop_iface(). This doesn't mean driver can accept 4047 * everything. It should do it's best to verify requests and reject them 4048 * as soon as possible. 4049 * 4050 * @set_qos_map: Set QoS mapping information to the driver 4051 * 4052 * @set_ap_chanwidth: Set the AP (including P2P GO) mode channel width for the 4053 * given interface This is used e.g. for dynamic HT 20/40 MHz channel width 4054 * changes during the lifetime of the BSS. 4055 * 4056 * @add_tx_ts: validate (if admitted_time is 0) or add a TX TS to the device 4057 * with the given parameters; action frame exchange has been handled by 4058 * userspace so this just has to modify the TX path to take the TS into 4059 * account. 4060 * If the admitted time is 0 just validate the parameters to make sure 4061 * the session can be created at all; it is valid to just always return 4062 * success for that but that may result in inefficient behaviour (handshake 4063 * with the peer followed by immediate teardown when the addition is later 4064 * rejected) 4065 * @del_tx_ts: remove an existing TX TS 4066 * 4067 * @join_ocb: join the OCB network with the specified parameters 4068 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4069 * @leave_ocb: leave the current OCB network 4070 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4071 * 4072 * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver 4073 * is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations 4074 * and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP. 4075 * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both 4076 * peers must be on the base channel when the call completes. 4077 * @start_nan: Start the NAN interface. 4078 * @stop_nan: Stop the NAN interface. 4079 * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns negative value on failure. 4080 * On success @nan_func ownership is transferred to the driver and 4081 * it may access it outside of the scope of this function. The driver 4082 * should free the @nan_func when no longer needed by calling 4083 * cfg80211_free_nan_func(). 4084 * On success the driver should assign an instance_id in the 4085 * provided @nan_func. 4086 * @del_nan_func: Delete a NAN function. 4087 * @nan_change_conf: changes NAN configuration. The changed parameters must 4088 * be specified in @changes (using &enum cfg80211_nan_conf_changes); 4089 * All other parameters must be ignored. 4090 * 4091 * @set_multicast_to_unicast: configure multicast to unicast conversion for BSS 4092 * 4093 * @get_txq_stats: Get TXQ stats for interface or phy. If wdev is %NULL, this 4094 * function should return phy stats, and interface stats otherwise. 4095 * 4096 * @set_pmk: configure the PMK to be used for offloaded 802.1X 4-Way handshake. 4097 * If not deleted through @del_pmk the PMK remains valid until disconnect 4098 * upon which the driver should clear it. 4099 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4100 * @del_pmk: delete the previously configured PMK for the given authenticator. 4101 * (invoked with the wireless_dev mutex held) 4102 * 4103 * @external_auth: indicates result of offloaded authentication processing from 4104 * user space 4105 * 4106 * @tx_control_port: TX a control port frame (EAPoL). The noencrypt parameter 4107 * tells the driver that the frame should not be encrypted. 4108 * 4109 * @get_ftm_responder_stats: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, if available. 4110 * Statistics should be cumulative, currently no way to reset is provided. 4111 * @start_pmsr: start peer measurement (e.g. FTM) 4112 * @abort_pmsr: abort peer measurement 4113 * 4114 * @update_owe_info: Provide updated OWE info to driver. Driver implementing SME 4115 * but offloading OWE processing to the user space will get the updated 4116 * DH IE through this interface. 4117 * 4118 * @probe_mesh_link: Probe direct Mesh peer's link quality by sending data frame 4119 * and overrule HWMP path selection algorithm. 4120 * @set_tid_config: TID specific configuration, this can be peer or BSS specific 4121 * This callback may sleep. 4122 * @reset_tid_config: Reset TID specific configuration for the peer, for the 4123 * given TIDs. This callback may sleep. 4124 * 4125 * @set_sar_specs: Update the SAR (TX power) settings. 4126 * 4127 * @color_change: Initiate a color change. 4128 * 4129 * @set_fils_aad: Set FILS AAD data to the AP driver so that the driver can use 4130 * those to decrypt (Re)Association Request and encrypt (Re)Association 4131 * Response frame. 4132 * 4133 * @set_radar_background: Configure dedicated offchannel chain available for 4134 * radar/CAC detection on some hw. This chain can't be used to transmit 4135 * or receive frames and it is bounded to a running wdev. 4136 * Background radar/CAC detection allows to avoid the CAC downtime 4137 * switching to a different channel during CAC detection on the selected 4138 * radar channel. 4139 * The caller is expected to set chandef pointer to NULL in order to 4140 * disable background CAC/radar detection. 4141 */ 4142 struct cfg80211_ops { 4143 int (*suspend)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wow); 4144 int (*resume)(struct wiphy *wiphy); 4145 void (*set_wakeup)(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool enabled); 4146 4147 struct wireless_dev * (*add_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4148 const char *name, 4149 unsigned char name_assign_type, 4150 enum nl80211_iftype type, 4151 struct vif_params *params); 4152 int (*del_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4153 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4154 int (*change_virtual_intf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4155 struct net_device *dev, 4156 enum nl80211_iftype type, 4157 struct vif_params *params); 4158 4159 int (*add_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4160 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr, 4161 struct key_params *params); 4162 int (*get_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4163 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr, 4164 void *cookie, 4165 void (*callback)(void *cookie, struct key_params*)); 4166 int (*del_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4167 u8 key_index, bool pairwise, const u8 *mac_addr); 4168 int (*set_default_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4169 struct net_device *netdev, 4170 u8 key_index, bool unicast, bool multicast); 4171 int (*set_default_mgmt_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4172 struct net_device *netdev, 4173 u8 key_index); 4174 int (*set_default_beacon_key)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4175 struct net_device *netdev, 4176 u8 key_index); 4177 4178 int (*start_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4179 struct cfg80211_ap_settings *settings); 4180 int (*change_beacon)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4181 struct cfg80211_beacon_data *info); 4182 int (*stop_ap)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 4183 4184 4185 int (*add_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4186 const u8 *mac, 4187 struct station_parameters *params); 4188 int (*del_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4189 struct station_del_parameters *params); 4190 int (*change_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4191 const u8 *mac, 4192 struct station_parameters *params); 4193 int (*get_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4194 const u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); 4195 int (*dump_station)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4196 int idx, u8 *mac, struct station_info *sinfo); 4197 4198 int (*add_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4199 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); 4200 int (*del_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4201 const u8 *dst); 4202 int (*change_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4203 const u8 *dst, const u8 *next_hop); 4204 int (*get_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4205 u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, struct mpath_info *pinfo); 4206 int (*dump_mpath)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4207 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *next_hop, 4208 struct mpath_info *pinfo); 4209 int (*get_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4210 u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, struct mpath_info *pinfo); 4211 int (*dump_mpp)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4212 int idx, u8 *dst, u8 *mpp, 4213 struct mpath_info *pinfo); 4214 int (*get_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4215 struct net_device *dev, 4216 struct mesh_config *conf); 4217 int (*update_mesh_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4218 struct net_device *dev, u32 mask, 4219 const struct mesh_config *nconf); 4220 int (*join_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4221 const struct mesh_config *conf, 4222 const struct mesh_setup *setup); 4223 int (*leave_mesh)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 4224 4225 int (*join_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4226 struct ocb_setup *setup); 4227 int (*leave_ocb)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 4228 4229 int (*change_bss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4230 struct bss_parameters *params); 4231 4232 int (*set_txq_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4233 struct ieee80211_txq_params *params); 4234 4235 int (*libertas_set_mesh_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4236 struct net_device *dev, 4237 struct ieee80211_channel *chan); 4238 4239 int (*set_monitor_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4240 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4241 4242 int (*scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4243 struct cfg80211_scan_request *request); 4244 void (*abort_scan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4245 4246 int (*auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4247 struct cfg80211_auth_request *req); 4248 int (*assoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4249 struct cfg80211_assoc_request *req); 4250 int (*deauth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4251 struct cfg80211_deauth_request *req); 4252 int (*disassoc)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4253 struct cfg80211_disassoc_request *req); 4254 4255 int (*connect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4256 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme); 4257 int (*update_connect_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4258 struct net_device *dev, 4259 struct cfg80211_connect_params *sme, 4260 u32 changed); 4261 int (*disconnect)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4262 u16 reason_code); 4263 4264 int (*join_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4265 struct cfg80211_ibss_params *params); 4266 int (*leave_ibss)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev); 4267 4268 int (*set_mcast_rate)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4269 int rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]); 4270 4271 int (*set_wiphy_params)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 changed); 4272 4273 int (*set_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4274 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type, int mbm); 4275 int (*get_tx_power)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4276 int *dbm); 4277 4278 void (*rfkill_poll)(struct wiphy *wiphy); 4279 4280 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE 4281 int (*testmode_cmd)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4282 void *data, int len); 4283 int (*testmode_dump)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct sk_buff *skb, 4284 struct netlink_callback *cb, 4285 void *data, int len); 4286 #endif 4287 4288 int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4289 struct net_device *dev, 4290 const u8 *peer, 4291 const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask); 4292 4293 int (*dump_survey)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4294 int idx, struct survey_info *info); 4295 4296 int (*set_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4297 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); 4298 int (*del_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev, 4299 struct cfg80211_pmksa *pmksa); 4300 int (*flush_pmksa)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *netdev); 4301 4302 int (*remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4303 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4304 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 4305 unsigned int duration, 4306 u64 *cookie); 4307 int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4308 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4309 u64 cookie); 4310 4311 int (*mgmt_tx)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4312 struct cfg80211_mgmt_tx_params *params, 4313 u64 *cookie); 4314 int (*mgmt_tx_cancel_wait)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4315 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4316 u64 cookie); 4317 4318 int (*set_power_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4319 bool enabled, int timeout); 4320 4321 int (*set_cqm_rssi_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4322 struct net_device *dev, 4323 s32 rssi_thold, u32 rssi_hyst); 4324 4325 int (*set_cqm_rssi_range_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4326 struct net_device *dev, 4327 s32 rssi_low, s32 rssi_high); 4328 4329 int (*set_cqm_txe_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4330 struct net_device *dev, 4331 u32 rate, u32 pkts, u32 intvl); 4332 4333 void (*update_mgmt_frame_registrations)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4334 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4335 struct mgmt_frame_regs *upd); 4336 4337 int (*set_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant); 4338 int (*get_antenna)(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant); 4339 4340 int (*sched_scan_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4341 struct net_device *dev, 4342 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *request); 4343 int (*sched_scan_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4344 u64 reqid); 4345 4346 int (*set_rekey_data)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4347 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data); 4348 4349 int (*tdls_mgmt)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4350 const u8 *peer, u8 action_code, u8 dialog_token, 4351 u16 status_code, u32 peer_capability, 4352 bool initiator, const u8 *buf, size_t len); 4353 int (*tdls_oper)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4354 const u8 *peer, enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper); 4355 4356 int (*probe_client)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4357 const u8 *peer, u64 *cookie); 4358 4359 int (*set_noack_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4360 struct net_device *dev, 4361 u16 noack_map); 4362 4363 int (*get_channel)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4364 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4365 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4366 4367 int (*start_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4368 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4369 void (*stop_p2p_device)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4370 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4371 4372 int (*set_mac_acl)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4373 const struct cfg80211_acl_data *params); 4374 4375 int (*start_radar_detection)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4376 struct net_device *dev, 4377 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 4378 u32 cac_time_ms); 4379 void (*end_cac)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4380 struct net_device *dev); 4381 int (*update_ft_ies)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4382 struct cfg80211_update_ft_ies_params *ftie); 4383 int (*crit_proto_start)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4384 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4385 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id protocol, 4386 u16 duration); 4387 void (*crit_proto_stop)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4388 struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4389 int (*set_coalesce)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4390 struct cfg80211_coalesce *coalesce); 4391 4392 int (*channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4393 struct net_device *dev, 4394 struct cfg80211_csa_settings *params); 4395 4396 int (*set_qos_map)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4397 struct net_device *dev, 4398 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); 4399 4400 int (*set_ap_chanwidth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4401 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4402 4403 int (*add_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4404 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer, u8 user_prio, 4405 u16 admitted_time); 4406 int (*del_tx_ts)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4407 u8 tsid, const u8 *peer); 4408 4409 int (*tdls_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4410 struct net_device *dev, 4411 const u8 *addr, u8 oper_class, 4412 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4413 void (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4414 struct net_device *dev, 4415 const u8 *addr); 4416 int (*start_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4417 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf); 4418 void (*stop_nan)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev); 4419 int (*add_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4420 struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func); 4421 void (*del_nan_func)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4422 u64 cookie); 4423 int (*nan_change_conf)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4424 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4425 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf, 4426 u32 changes); 4427 4428 int (*set_multicast_to_unicast)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4429 struct net_device *dev, 4430 const bool enabled); 4431 4432 int (*get_txq_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4433 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4434 struct cfg80211_txq_stats *txqstats); 4435 4436 int (*set_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4437 const struct cfg80211_pmk_conf *conf); 4438 int (*del_pmk)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4439 const u8 *aa); 4440 int (*external_auth)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4441 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params); 4442 4443 int (*tx_control_port)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4444 struct net_device *dev, 4445 const u8 *buf, size_t len, 4446 const u8 *dest, const __be16 proto, 4447 const bool noencrypt, 4448 u64 *cookie); 4449 4450 int (*get_ftm_responder_stats)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4451 struct net_device *dev, 4452 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats *ftm_stats); 4453 4454 int (*start_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4455 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); 4456 void (*abort_pmsr)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4457 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request); 4458 int (*update_owe_info)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4459 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info); 4460 int (*probe_mesh_link)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4461 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 4462 int (*set_tid_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4463 struct cfg80211_tid_config *tid_conf); 4464 int (*reset_tid_config)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4465 const u8 *peer, u8 tids); 4466 int (*set_sar_specs)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4467 struct cfg80211_sar_specs *sar); 4468 int (*color_change)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4469 struct net_device *dev, 4470 struct cfg80211_color_change_settings *params); 4471 int (*set_fils_aad)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net_device *dev, 4472 struct cfg80211_fils_aad *fils_aad); 4473 int (*set_radar_background)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 4474 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 4475 }; 4476 4477 /* 4478 * wireless hardware and networking interfaces structures 4479 * and registration/helper functions 4480 */ 4481 4482 /** 4483 * enum wiphy_flags - wiphy capability flags 4484 * 4485 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SPLIT_SCAN_6GHZ: if set to true, the scan request will be split 4486 * into two, first for legacy bands and second for UHB. 4487 * @WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK: if not set, do not allow changing the netns of this 4488 * wiphy at all 4489 * @WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT: if set to true, powersave will be enabled 4490 * by default -- this flag will be set depending on the kernel's default 4491 * on wiphy_new(), but can be changed by the driver if it has a good 4492 * reason to override the default 4493 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP: supports 4addr mode even on AP (with a single station 4494 * on a VLAN interface). This flag also serves an extra purpose of 4495 * supporting 4ADDR AP mode on devices which do not support AP/VLAN iftype. 4496 * @WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION: supports 4addr mode even as a station 4497 * @WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL: This device supports setting the 4498 * control port protocol ethertype. The device also honours the 4499 * control_port_no_encrypt flag. 4500 * @WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN. 4501 * @WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH: The device supports mesh authentication by routing 4502 * auth frames to userspace. See @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH. 4503 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM: The device supports roaming feature in the 4504 * firmware. 4505 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD: The device supports uapsd on AP. 4506 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS: The device supports TDLS (802.11z) operation. 4507 * @WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The device does not handle TDLS (802.11z) 4508 * link setup/discovery operations internally. Setup, discovery and 4509 * teardown packets should be sent through the @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT 4510 * command. When this flag is not set, @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be 4511 * used for asking the driver/firmware to perform a TDLS operation. 4512 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME: device integrates AP SME 4513 * @WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS: the device will report beacons from other BSSes 4514 * when there are virtual interfaces in AP mode by calling 4515 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(). 4516 * @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: When operating as an AP, the device 4517 * responds to probe-requests in hardware. 4518 * @WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX: Device supports direct off-channel TX. 4519 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Device supports remain-on-channel call. 4520 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ: Device supports 5 MHz and 10 MHz channels. 4521 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Device supports channel switch in 4522 * beaconing mode (AP, IBSS, Mesh, ...). 4523 * @WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP: The device supports static WEP key installation 4524 * before connection. 4525 * @WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KEK_KCK: The device supports bigger kek and kck keys 4526 */ 4527 enum wiphy_flags { 4528 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_EXT_KEK_KCK = BIT(0), 4529 /* use hole at 1 */ 4530 WIPHY_FLAG_SPLIT_SCAN_6GHZ = BIT(2), 4531 WIPHY_FLAG_NETNS_OK = BIT(3), 4532 WIPHY_FLAG_PS_ON_BY_DEFAULT = BIT(4), 4533 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_AP = BIT(5), 4534 WIPHY_FLAG_4ADDR_STATION = BIT(6), 4535 WIPHY_FLAG_CONTROL_PORT_PROTOCOL = BIT(7), 4536 WIPHY_FLAG_IBSS_RSN = BIT(8), 4537 WIPHY_FLAG_MESH_AUTH = BIT(10), 4538 /* use hole at 11 */ 4539 /* use hole at 12 */ 4540 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_FW_ROAM = BIT(13), 4541 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_UAPSD = BIT(14), 4542 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS = BIT(15), 4543 WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP = BIT(16), 4544 WIPHY_FLAG_HAVE_AP_SME = BIT(17), 4545 WIPHY_FLAG_REPORTS_OBSS = BIT(18), 4546 WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD = BIT(19), 4547 WIPHY_FLAG_OFFCHAN_TX = BIT(20), 4548 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL = BIT(21), 4549 WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_5_10_MHZ = BIT(22), 4550 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_CHANNEL_SWITCH = BIT(23), 4551 WIPHY_FLAG_HAS_STATIC_WEP = BIT(24), 4552 }; 4553 4554 /** 4555 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit - limit on certain interface types 4556 * @max: maximum number of interfaces of these types 4557 * @types: interface types (bits) 4558 */ 4559 struct ieee80211_iface_limit { 4560 u16 max; 4561 u16 types; 4562 }; 4563 4564 /** 4565 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination - possible interface combination 4566 * 4567 * With this structure the driver can describe which interface 4568 * combinations it supports concurrently. 4569 * 4570 * Examples: 4571 * 4572 * 1. Allow #STA <= 1, #AP <= 1, matching BI, channels = 1, 2 total: 4573 * 4574 * .. code-block:: c 4575 * 4576 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits1[] = { 4577 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, 4578 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP}, }, 4579 * }; 4580 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination1 = { 4581 * .limits = limits1, 4582 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits1), 4583 * .max_interfaces = 2, 4584 * .beacon_int_infra_match = true, 4585 * }; 4586 * 4587 * 4588 * 2. Allow #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8, channels = 1, 8 total: 4589 * 4590 * .. code-block:: c 4591 * 4592 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits2[] = { 4593 * { .max = 8, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_AP) | 4594 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO), }, 4595 * }; 4596 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination2 = { 4597 * .limits = limits2, 4598 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits2), 4599 * .max_interfaces = 8, 4600 * .num_different_channels = 1, 4601 * }; 4602 * 4603 * 4604 * 3. Allow #STA <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 on two channels, 4 total. 4605 * 4606 * This allows for an infrastructure connection and three P2P connections. 4607 * 4608 * .. code-block:: c 4609 * 4610 * struct ieee80211_iface_limit limits3[] = { 4611 * { .max = 1, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION), }, 4612 * { .max = 3, .types = BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO) | 4613 * BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT), }, 4614 * }; 4615 * struct ieee80211_iface_combination combination3 = { 4616 * .limits = limits3, 4617 * .n_limits = ARRAY_SIZE(limits3), 4618 * .max_interfaces = 4, 4619 * .num_different_channels = 2, 4620 * }; 4621 * 4622 */ 4623 struct ieee80211_iface_combination { 4624 /** 4625 * @limits: 4626 * limits for the given interface types 4627 */ 4628 const struct ieee80211_iface_limit *limits; 4629 4630 /** 4631 * @num_different_channels: 4632 * can use up to this many different channels 4633 */ 4634 u32 num_different_channels; 4635 4636 /** 4637 * @max_interfaces: 4638 * maximum number of interfaces in total allowed in this group 4639 */ 4640 u16 max_interfaces; 4641 4642 /** 4643 * @n_limits: 4644 * number of limitations 4645 */ 4646 u8 n_limits; 4647 4648 /** 4649 * @beacon_int_infra_match: 4650 * In this combination, the beacon intervals between infrastructure 4651 * and AP types must match. This is required only in special cases. 4652 */ 4653 bool beacon_int_infra_match; 4654 4655 /** 4656 * @radar_detect_widths: 4657 * bitmap of channel widths supported for radar detection 4658 */ 4659 u8 radar_detect_widths; 4660 4661 /** 4662 * @radar_detect_regions: 4663 * bitmap of regions supported for radar detection 4664 */ 4665 u8 radar_detect_regions; 4666 4667 /** 4668 * @beacon_int_min_gcd: 4669 * This interface combination supports different beacon intervals. 4670 * 4671 * = 0 4672 * all beacon intervals for different interface must be same. 4673 * > 0 4674 * any beacon interval for the interface part of this combination AND 4675 * GCD of all beacon intervals from beaconing interfaces of this 4676 * combination must be greater or equal to this value. 4677 */ 4678 u32 beacon_int_min_gcd; 4679 }; 4680 4681 struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes { 4682 u16 tx, rx; 4683 }; 4684 4685 /** 4686 * enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags - WoWLAN support flags 4687 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY: supports wakeup for the special "any" 4688 * trigger that keeps the device operating as-is and 4689 * wakes up the host on any activity, for example a 4690 * received packet that passed filtering; note that the 4691 * packet should be preserved in that case 4692 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT: supports wakeup on magic packet 4693 * (see nl80211.h) 4694 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT: supports wakeup on disconnect 4695 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY: supports GTK rekeying while asleep 4696 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: supports wakeup on GTK rekey failure 4697 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ: supports wakeup on EAP identity request 4698 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: supports wakeup on 4-way handshake failure 4699 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE: supports wakeup on RF-kill release 4700 * @WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT: supports wakeup on network detection 4701 */ 4702 enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags { 4703 WIPHY_WOWLAN_ANY = BIT(0), 4704 WIPHY_WOWLAN_MAGIC_PKT = BIT(1), 4705 WIPHY_WOWLAN_DISCONNECT = BIT(2), 4706 WIPHY_WOWLAN_SUPPORTS_GTK_REKEY = BIT(3), 4707 WIPHY_WOWLAN_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE = BIT(4), 4708 WIPHY_WOWLAN_EAP_IDENTITY_REQ = BIT(5), 4709 WIPHY_WOWLAN_4WAY_HANDSHAKE = BIT(6), 4710 WIPHY_WOWLAN_RFKILL_RELEASE = BIT(7), 4711 WIPHY_WOWLAN_NET_DETECT = BIT(8), 4712 }; 4713 4714 struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support { 4715 const struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature *tok; 4716 u32 data_payload_max; 4717 u32 data_interval_max; 4718 u32 wake_payload_max; 4719 bool seq; 4720 }; 4721 4722 /** 4723 * struct wiphy_wowlan_support - WoWLAN support data 4724 * @flags: see &enum wiphy_wowlan_support_flags 4725 * @n_patterns: number of supported wakeup patterns 4726 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) 4727 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern 4728 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern 4729 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 4730 * @max_nd_match_sets: maximum number of matchsets for net-detect, 4731 * similar, but not necessarily identical, to max_match_sets for 4732 * scheduled scans. 4733 * See &struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request.@match_sets for more 4734 * details. 4735 * @tcp: TCP wakeup support information 4736 */ 4737 struct wiphy_wowlan_support { 4738 u32 flags; 4739 int n_patterns; 4740 int pattern_max_len; 4741 int pattern_min_len; 4742 int max_pkt_offset; 4743 int max_nd_match_sets; 4744 const struct wiphy_wowlan_tcp_support *tcp; 4745 }; 4746 4747 /** 4748 * struct wiphy_coalesce_support - coalesce support data 4749 * @n_rules: maximum number of coalesce rules 4750 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs 4751 * @n_patterns: number of supported patterns in a rule 4752 * (see nl80211.h for the pattern definition) 4753 * @pattern_max_len: maximum length of each pattern 4754 * @pattern_min_len: minimum length of each pattern 4755 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset 4756 */ 4757 struct wiphy_coalesce_support { 4758 int n_rules; 4759 int max_delay; 4760 int n_patterns; 4761 int pattern_max_len; 4762 int pattern_min_len; 4763 int max_pkt_offset; 4764 }; 4765 4766 /** 4767 * enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags - validation flags for vendor commands 4768 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV: vendor command requires wdev 4769 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV: vendor command requires netdev 4770 * @WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING: interface/wdev must be up & running 4771 * (must be combined with %_WDEV or %_NETDEV) 4772 */ 4773 enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags { 4774 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_WDEV = BIT(0), 4775 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_NETDEV = BIT(1), 4776 WIPHY_VENDOR_CMD_NEED_RUNNING = BIT(2), 4777 }; 4778 4779 /** 4780 * enum wiphy_opmode_flag - Station's ht/vht operation mode information flags 4781 * 4782 * @STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED: Max Bandwidth changed 4783 * @STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED: SMPS mode changed 4784 * @STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED: max N_SS (number of spatial streams) changed 4785 * 4786 */ 4787 enum wiphy_opmode_flag { 4788 STA_OPMODE_MAX_BW_CHANGED = BIT(0), 4789 STA_OPMODE_SMPS_MODE_CHANGED = BIT(1), 4790 STA_OPMODE_N_SS_CHANGED = BIT(2), 4791 }; 4792 4793 /** 4794 * struct sta_opmode_info - Station's ht/vht operation mode information 4795 * @changed: contains value from &enum wiphy_opmode_flag 4796 * @smps_mode: New SMPS mode value from &enum nl80211_smps_mode of a station 4797 * @bw: new max bandwidth value from &enum nl80211_chan_width of a station 4798 * @rx_nss: new rx_nss value of a station 4799 */ 4800 4801 struct sta_opmode_info { 4802 u32 changed; 4803 enum nl80211_smps_mode smps_mode; 4804 enum nl80211_chan_width bw; 4805 u8 rx_nss; 4806 }; 4807 4808 #define VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA ((const struct nla_policy *)(long)(-ENODATA)) 4809 4810 /** 4811 * struct wiphy_vendor_command - vendor command definition 4812 * @info: vendor command identifying information, as used in nl80211 4813 * @flags: flags, see &enum wiphy_vendor_command_flags 4814 * @doit: callback for the operation, note that wdev is %NULL if the 4815 * flags didn't ask for a wdev and non-%NULL otherwise; the data 4816 * pointer may be %NULL if userspace provided no data at all 4817 * @dumpit: dump callback, for transferring bigger/multiple items. The 4818 * @storage points to cb->args[5], ie. is preserved over the multiple 4819 * dumpit calls. 4820 * @policy: policy pointer for attributes within %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA. 4821 * Set this to %VENDOR_CMD_RAW_DATA if no policy can be given and the 4822 * attribute is just raw data (e.g. a firmware command). 4823 * @maxattr: highest attribute number in policy 4824 * It's recommended to not have the same sub command with both @doit and 4825 * @dumpit, so that userspace can assume certain ones are get and others 4826 * are used with dump requests. 4827 */ 4828 struct wiphy_vendor_command { 4829 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info info; 4830 u32 flags; 4831 int (*doit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4832 const void *data, int data_len); 4833 int (*dumpit)(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 4834 struct sk_buff *skb, const void *data, int data_len, 4835 unsigned long *storage); 4836 const struct nla_policy *policy; 4837 unsigned int maxattr; 4838 }; 4839 4840 /** 4841 * struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab - extended capabilities per interface type 4842 * @iftype: interface type 4843 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, 4844 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are the 4845 * 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") and are 4846 * in the same format as in the information element. See IEEE Std 4847 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. 4848 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values 4849 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities 4850 */ 4851 struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab { 4852 enum nl80211_iftype iftype; 4853 const u8 *extended_capabilities; 4854 const u8 *extended_capabilities_mask; 4855 u8 extended_capabilities_len; 4856 }; 4857 4858 /** 4859 * struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities - cfg80211 peer measurement capabilities 4860 * @max_peers: maximum number of peers in a single measurement 4861 * @report_ap_tsf: can report assoc AP's TSF for radio resource measurement 4862 * @randomize_mac_addr: can randomize MAC address for measurement 4863 * @ftm.supported: FTM measurement is supported 4864 * @ftm.asap: ASAP-mode is supported 4865 * @ftm.non_asap: non-ASAP-mode is supported 4866 * @ftm.request_lci: can request LCI data 4867 * @ftm.request_civicloc: can request civic location data 4868 * @ftm.preambles: bitmap of preambles supported (&enum nl80211_preamble) 4869 * @ftm.bandwidths: bitmap of bandwidths supported (&enum nl80211_chan_width) 4870 * @ftm.max_bursts_exponent: maximum burst exponent supported 4871 * (set to -1 if not limited; note that setting this will necessarily 4872 * forbid using the value 15 to let the responder pick) 4873 * @ftm.max_ftms_per_burst: maximum FTMs per burst supported (set to 0 if 4874 * not limited) 4875 * @ftm.trigger_based: trigger based ranging measurement is supported 4876 * @ftm.non_trigger_based: non trigger based ranging measurement is supported 4877 */ 4878 struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities { 4879 unsigned int max_peers; 4880 u8 report_ap_tsf:1, 4881 randomize_mac_addr:1; 4882 4883 struct { 4884 u32 preambles; 4885 u32 bandwidths; 4886 s8 max_bursts_exponent; 4887 u8 max_ftms_per_burst; 4888 u8 supported:1, 4889 asap:1, 4890 non_asap:1, 4891 request_lci:1, 4892 request_civicloc:1, 4893 trigger_based:1, 4894 non_trigger_based:1; 4895 } ftm; 4896 }; 4897 4898 /** 4899 * struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites - This structure encapsulates supported akm 4900 * suites for interface types defined in @iftypes_mask. Each type in the 4901 * @iftypes_mask must be unique across all instances of iftype_akm_suites. 4902 * 4903 * @iftypes_mask: bitmask of interfaces types 4904 * @akm_suites: points to an array of supported akm suites 4905 * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites 4906 */ 4907 struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites { 4908 u16 iftypes_mask; 4909 const u32 *akm_suites; 4910 int n_akm_suites; 4911 }; 4912 4913 /** 4914 * struct wiphy - wireless hardware description 4915 * @mtx: mutex for the data (structures) of this device 4916 * @reg_notifier: the driver's regulatory notification callback, 4917 * note that if your driver uses wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory() 4918 * the reg_notifier's request can be passed as NULL 4919 * @regd: the driver's regulatory domain, if one was requested via 4920 * the regulatory_hint() API. This can be used by the driver 4921 * on the reg_notifier() if it chooses to ignore future 4922 * regulatory domain changes caused by other drivers. 4923 * @signal_type: signal type reported in &struct cfg80211_bss. 4924 * @cipher_suites: supported cipher suites 4925 * @n_cipher_suites: number of supported cipher suites 4926 * @akm_suites: supported AKM suites. These are the default AKMs supported if 4927 * the supported AKMs not advertized for a specific interface type in 4928 * iftype_akm_suites. 4929 * @n_akm_suites: number of supported AKM suites 4930 * @iftype_akm_suites: array of supported akm suites info per interface type. 4931 * Note that the bits in @iftypes_mask inside this structure cannot 4932 * overlap (i.e. only one occurrence of each type is allowed across all 4933 * instances of iftype_akm_suites). 4934 * @num_iftype_akm_suites: number of interface types for which supported akm 4935 * suites are specified separately. 4936 * @retry_short: Retry limit for short frames (dot11ShortRetryLimit) 4937 * @retry_long: Retry limit for long frames (dot11LongRetryLimit) 4938 * @frag_threshold: Fragmentation threshold (dot11FragmentationThreshold); 4939 * -1 = fragmentation disabled, only odd values >= 256 used 4940 * @rts_threshold: RTS threshold (dot11RTSThreshold); -1 = RTS/CTS disabled 4941 * @_net: the network namespace this wiphy currently lives in 4942 * @perm_addr: permanent MAC address of this device 4943 * @addr_mask: If the device supports multiple MAC addresses by masking, 4944 * set this to a mask with variable bits set to 1, e.g. if the last 4945 * four bits are variable then set it to 00-00-00-00-00-0f. The actual 4946 * variable bits shall be determined by the interfaces added, with 4947 * interfaces not matching the mask being rejected to be brought up. 4948 * @n_addresses: number of addresses in @addresses. 4949 * @addresses: If the device has more than one address, set this pointer 4950 * to a list of addresses (6 bytes each). The first one will be used 4951 * by default for perm_addr. In this case, the mask should be set to 4952 * all-zeroes. In this case it is assumed that the device can handle 4953 * the same number of arbitrary MAC addresses. 4954 * @registered: protects ->resume and ->suspend sysfs callbacks against 4955 * unregister hardware 4956 * @debugfsdir: debugfs directory used for this wiphy (ieee80211/<wiphyname>). 4957 * It will be renamed automatically on wiphy renames 4958 * @dev: (virtual) struct device for this wiphy. The item in 4959 * /sys/class/ieee80211/ points to this. You need use set_wiphy_dev() 4960 * (see below). 4961 * @wext: wireless extension handlers 4962 * @priv: driver private data (sized according to wiphy_new() parameter) 4963 * @interface_modes: bitmask of interfaces types valid for this wiphy, 4964 * must be set by driver 4965 * @iface_combinations: Valid interface combinations array, should not 4966 * list single interface types. 4967 * @n_iface_combinations: number of entries in @iface_combinations array. 4968 * @software_iftypes: bitmask of software interface types, these are not 4969 * subject to any restrictions since they are purely managed in SW. 4970 * @flags: wiphy flags, see &enum wiphy_flags 4971 * @regulatory_flags: wiphy regulatory flags, see 4972 * &enum ieee80211_regulatory_flags 4973 * @features: features advertised to nl80211, see &enum nl80211_feature_flags. 4974 * @ext_features: extended features advertised to nl80211, see 4975 * &enum nl80211_ext_feature_index. 4976 * @bss_priv_size: each BSS struct has private data allocated with it, 4977 * this variable determines its size 4978 * @max_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan for in 4979 * any given scan 4980 * @max_sched_scan_reqs: maximum number of scheduled scan requests that 4981 * the device can run concurrently. 4982 * @max_sched_scan_ssids: maximum number of SSIDs the device can scan 4983 * for in any given scheduled scan 4984 * @max_match_sets: maximum number of match sets the device can handle 4985 * when performing a scheduled scan, 0 if filtering is not 4986 * supported. 4987 * @max_scan_ie_len: maximum length of user-controlled IEs device can 4988 * add to probe request frames transmitted during a scan, must not 4989 * include fixed IEs like supported rates 4990 * @max_sched_scan_ie_len: same as max_scan_ie_len, but for scheduled 4991 * scans 4992 * @max_sched_scan_plans: maximum number of scan plans (scan interval and number 4993 * of iterations) for scheduled scan supported by the device. 4994 * @max_sched_scan_plan_interval: maximum interval (in seconds) for a 4995 * single scan plan supported by the device. 4996 * @max_sched_scan_plan_iterations: maximum number of iterations for a single 4997 * scan plan supported by the device. 4998 * @coverage_class: current coverage class 4999 * @fw_version: firmware version for ethtool reporting 5000 * @hw_version: hardware version for ethtool reporting 5001 * @max_num_pmkids: maximum number of PMKIDs supported by device 5002 * @privid: a pointer that drivers can use to identify if an arbitrary 5003 * wiphy is theirs, e.g. in global notifiers 5004 * @bands: information about bands/channels supported by this device 5005 * 5006 * @mgmt_stypes: bitmasks of frame subtypes that can be subscribed to or 5007 * transmitted through nl80211, points to an array indexed by interface 5008 * type 5009 * 5010 * @available_antennas_tx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be 5011 * configured as TX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be 5012 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_rx is set. 5013 * 5014 * @available_antennas_rx: bitmap of antennas which are available to be 5015 * configured as RX antennas. Antenna configuration commands will be 5016 * rejected unless this or @available_antennas_tx is set. 5017 * 5018 * @probe_resp_offload: 5019 * Bitmap of supported protocols for probe response offloading. 5020 * See &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr. Only valid 5021 * when the wiphy flag @WIPHY_FLAG_AP_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD is set. 5022 * 5023 * @max_remain_on_channel_duration: Maximum time a remain-on-channel operation 5024 * may request, if implemented. 5025 * 5026 * @wowlan: WoWLAN support information 5027 * @wowlan_config: current WoWLAN configuration; this should usually not be 5028 * used since access to it is necessarily racy, use the parameter passed 5029 * to the suspend() operation instead. 5030 * 5031 * @ap_sme_capa: AP SME capabilities, flags from &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features. 5032 * @ht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what ht_cap values can be over-ridden. 5033 * If null, then none can be over-ridden. 5034 * @vht_capa_mod_mask: Specify what VHT capabilities can be over-ridden. 5035 * If null, then none can be over-ridden. 5036 * 5037 * @wdev_list: the list of associated (virtual) interfaces; this list must 5038 * not be modified by the driver, but can be read with RTNL/RCU protection. 5039 * 5040 * @max_acl_mac_addrs: Maximum number of MAC addresses that the device 5041 * supports for ACL. 5042 * 5043 * @extended_capabilities: extended capabilities supported by the driver, 5044 * additional capabilities might be supported by userspace; these are 5045 * the 802.11 extended capabilities ("Extended Capabilities element") 5046 * and are in the same format as in the information element. See 5047 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for the defined fields. These are the default 5048 * extended capabilities to be used if the capabilities are not specified 5049 * for a specific interface type in iftype_ext_capab. 5050 * @extended_capabilities_mask: mask of the valid values 5051 * @extended_capabilities_len: length of the extended capabilities 5052 * @iftype_ext_capab: array of extended capabilities per interface type 5053 * @num_iftype_ext_capab: number of interface types for which extended 5054 * capabilities are specified separately. 5055 * @coalesce: packet coalescing support information 5056 * 5057 * @vendor_commands: array of vendor commands supported by the hardware 5058 * @n_vendor_commands: number of vendor commands 5059 * @vendor_events: array of vendor events supported by the hardware 5060 * @n_vendor_events: number of vendor events 5061 * 5062 * @max_ap_assoc_sta: maximum number of associated stations supported in AP mode 5063 * (including P2P GO) or 0 to indicate no such limit is advertised. The 5064 * driver is allowed to advertise a theoretical limit that it can reach in 5065 * some cases, but may not always reach. 5066 * 5067 * @max_num_csa_counters: Number of supported csa_counters in beacons 5068 * and probe responses. This value should be set if the driver 5069 * wishes to limit the number of csa counters. Default (0) means 5070 * infinite. 5071 * @bss_select_support: bitmask indicating the BSS selection criteria supported 5072 * by the driver in the .connect() callback. The bit position maps to the 5073 * attribute indices defined in &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr. 5074 * 5075 * @nan_supported_bands: bands supported by the device in NAN mode, a 5076 * bitmap of &enum nl80211_band values. For instance, for 5077 * NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0 would be set 5078 * (i.e. BIT(NL80211_BAND_2GHZ)). 5079 * 5080 * @txq_limit: configuration of internal TX queue frame limit 5081 * @txq_memory_limit: configuration internal TX queue memory limit 5082 * @txq_quantum: configuration of internal TX queue scheduler quantum 5083 * 5084 * @tx_queue_len: allow setting transmit queue len for drivers not using 5085 * wake_tx_queue 5086 * 5087 * @support_mbssid: can HW support association with nontransmitted AP 5088 * @support_only_he_mbssid: don't parse MBSSID elements if it is not 5089 * HE AP, in order to avoid compatibility issues. 5090 * @support_mbssid must be set for this to have any effect. 5091 * 5092 * @pmsr_capa: peer measurement capabilities 5093 * 5094 * @tid_config_support: describes the per-TID config support that the 5095 * device has 5096 * @tid_config_support.vif: bitmap of attributes (configurations) 5097 * supported by the driver for each vif 5098 * @tid_config_support.peer: bitmap of attributes (configurations) 5099 * supported by the driver for each peer 5100 * @tid_config_support.max_retry: maximum supported retry count for 5101 * long/short retry configuration 5102 * 5103 * @max_data_retry_count: maximum supported per TID retry count for 5104 * configuration through the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT and 5105 * %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG attributes 5106 * @sar_capa: SAR control capabilities 5107 * @rfkill: a pointer to the rfkill structure 5108 * 5109 * @mbssid_max_interfaces: maximum number of interfaces supported by the driver 5110 * in a multiple BSSID set. This field must be set to a non-zero value 5111 * by the driver to advertise MBSSID support. 5112 * @ema_max_profile_periodicity: maximum profile periodicity supported by 5113 * the driver. Setting this field to a non-zero value indicates that the 5114 * driver supports enhanced multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA AP). 5115 */ 5116 struct wiphy { 5117 struct mutex mtx; 5118 5119 /* assign these fields before you register the wiphy */ 5120 5121 u8 perm_addr[ETH_ALEN]; 5122 u8 addr_mask[ETH_ALEN]; 5123 5124 struct mac_address *addresses; 5125 5126 const struct ieee80211_txrx_stypes *mgmt_stypes; 5127 5128 const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *iface_combinations; 5129 int n_iface_combinations; 5130 u16 software_iftypes; 5131 5132 u16 n_addresses; 5133 5134 /* Supported interface modes, OR together BIT(NL80211_IFTYPE_...) */ 5135 u16 interface_modes; 5136 5137 u16 max_acl_mac_addrs; 5138 5139 u32 flags, regulatory_flags, features; 5140 u8 ext_features[DIV_ROUND_UP(NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES, 8)]; 5141 5142 u32 ap_sme_capa; 5143 5144 enum cfg80211_signal_type signal_type; 5145 5146 int bss_priv_size; 5147 u8 max_scan_ssids; 5148 u8 max_sched_scan_reqs; 5149 u8 max_sched_scan_ssids; 5150 u8 max_match_sets; 5151 u16 max_scan_ie_len; 5152 u16 max_sched_scan_ie_len; 5153 u32 max_sched_scan_plans; 5154 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_interval; 5155 u32 max_sched_scan_plan_iterations; 5156 5157 int n_cipher_suites; 5158 const u32 *cipher_suites; 5159 5160 int n_akm_suites; 5161 const u32 *akm_suites; 5162 5163 const struct wiphy_iftype_akm_suites *iftype_akm_suites; 5164 unsigned int num_iftype_akm_suites; 5165 5166 u8 retry_short; 5167 u8 retry_long; 5168 u32 frag_threshold; 5169 u32 rts_threshold; 5170 u8 coverage_class; 5171 5172 char fw_version[ETHTOOL_FWVERS_LEN]; 5173 u32 hw_version; 5174 5175 #ifdef CONFIG_PM 5176 const struct wiphy_wowlan_support *wowlan; 5177 struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan_config; 5178 #endif 5179 5180 u16 max_remain_on_channel_duration; 5181 5182 u8 max_num_pmkids; 5183 5184 u32 available_antennas_tx; 5185 u32 available_antennas_rx; 5186 5187 u32 probe_resp_offload; 5188 5189 const u8 *extended_capabilities, *extended_capabilities_mask; 5190 u8 extended_capabilities_len; 5191 5192 const struct wiphy_iftype_ext_capab *iftype_ext_capab; 5193 unsigned int num_iftype_ext_capab; 5194 5195 const void *privid; 5196 5197 struct ieee80211_supported_band *bands[NUM_NL80211_BANDS]; 5198 5199 void (*reg_notifier)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 5200 struct regulatory_request *request); 5201 5202 /* fields below are read-only, assigned by cfg80211 */ 5203 5204 const struct ieee80211_regdomain __rcu *regd; 5205 5206 struct device dev; 5207 5208 bool registered; 5209 5210 struct dentry *debugfsdir; 5211 5212 const struct ieee80211_ht_cap *ht_capa_mod_mask; 5213 const struct ieee80211_vht_cap *vht_capa_mod_mask; 5214 5215 struct list_head wdev_list; 5216 5217 possible_net_t _net; 5218 5219 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT 5220 const struct iw_handler_def *wext; 5221 #endif 5222 5223 const struct wiphy_coalesce_support *coalesce; 5224 5225 const struct wiphy_vendor_command *vendor_commands; 5226 const struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info *vendor_events; 5227 int n_vendor_commands, n_vendor_events; 5228 5229 u16 max_ap_assoc_sta; 5230 5231 u8 max_num_csa_counters; 5232 5233 u32 bss_select_support; 5234 5235 u8 nan_supported_bands; 5236 5237 u32 txq_limit; 5238 u32 txq_memory_limit; 5239 u32 txq_quantum; 5240 5241 unsigned long tx_queue_len; 5242 5243 u8 support_mbssid:1, 5244 support_only_he_mbssid:1; 5245 5246 const struct cfg80211_pmsr_capabilities *pmsr_capa; 5247 5248 struct { 5249 u64 peer, vif; 5250 u8 max_retry; 5251 } tid_config_support; 5252 5253 u8 max_data_retry_count; 5254 5255 const struct cfg80211_sar_capa *sar_capa; 5256 5257 struct rfkill *rfkill; 5258 5259 u8 mbssid_max_interfaces; 5260 u8 ema_max_profile_periodicity; 5261 5262 char priv[] __aligned(NETDEV_ALIGN); 5263 }; 5264 5265 static inline struct net *wiphy_net(struct wiphy *wiphy) 5266 { 5267 return read_pnet(&wiphy->_net); 5268 } 5269 5270 static inline void wiphy_net_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct net *net) 5271 { 5272 write_pnet(&wiphy->_net, net); 5273 } 5274 5275 /** 5276 * wiphy_priv - return priv from wiphy 5277 * 5278 * @wiphy: the wiphy whose priv pointer to return 5279 * Return: The priv of @wiphy. 5280 */ 5281 static inline void *wiphy_priv(struct wiphy *wiphy) 5282 { 5283 BUG_ON(!wiphy); 5284 return &wiphy->priv; 5285 } 5286 5287 /** 5288 * priv_to_wiphy - return the wiphy containing the priv 5289 * 5290 * @priv: a pointer previously returned by wiphy_priv 5291 * Return: The wiphy of @priv. 5292 */ 5293 static inline struct wiphy *priv_to_wiphy(void *priv) 5294 { 5295 BUG_ON(!priv); 5296 return container_of(priv, struct wiphy, priv); 5297 } 5298 5299 /** 5300 * set_wiphy_dev - set device pointer for wiphy 5301 * 5302 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device to bind 5303 * @dev: The device to parent it to 5304 */ 5305 static inline void set_wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct device *dev) 5306 { 5307 wiphy->dev.parent = dev; 5308 } 5309 5310 /** 5311 * wiphy_dev - get wiphy dev pointer 5312 * 5313 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose device struct to look up 5314 * Return: The dev of @wiphy. 5315 */ 5316 static inline struct device *wiphy_dev(struct wiphy *wiphy) 5317 { 5318 return wiphy->dev.parent; 5319 } 5320 5321 /** 5322 * wiphy_name - get wiphy name 5323 * 5324 * @wiphy: The wiphy whose name to return 5325 * Return: The name of @wiphy. 5326 */ 5327 static inline const char *wiphy_name(const struct wiphy *wiphy) 5328 { 5329 return dev_name(&wiphy->dev); 5330 } 5331 5332 /** 5333 * wiphy_new_nm - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 5334 * 5335 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device 5336 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate 5337 * @requested_name: Request a particular name. 5338 * NULL is valid value, and means use the default phy%d naming. 5339 * 5340 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. 5341 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. 5342 * 5343 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be 5344 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. 5345 */ 5346 struct wiphy *wiphy_new_nm(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, int sizeof_priv, 5347 const char *requested_name); 5348 5349 /** 5350 * wiphy_new - create a new wiphy for use with cfg80211 5351 * 5352 * @ops: The configuration operations for this device 5353 * @sizeof_priv: The size of the private area to allocate 5354 * 5355 * Create a new wiphy and associate the given operations with it. 5356 * @sizeof_priv bytes are allocated for private use. 5357 * 5358 * Return: A pointer to the new wiphy. This pointer must be 5359 * assigned to each netdev's ieee80211_ptr for proper operation. 5360 */ 5361 static inline struct wiphy *wiphy_new(const struct cfg80211_ops *ops, 5362 int sizeof_priv) 5363 { 5364 return wiphy_new_nm(ops, sizeof_priv, NULL); 5365 } 5366 5367 /** 5368 * wiphy_register - register a wiphy with cfg80211 5369 * 5370 * @wiphy: The wiphy to register. 5371 * 5372 * Return: A non-negative wiphy index or a negative error code. 5373 */ 5374 int wiphy_register(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5375 5376 /* this is a define for better error reporting (file/line) */ 5377 #define lockdep_assert_wiphy(wiphy) lockdep_assert_held(&(wiphy)->mtx) 5378 5379 /** 5380 * rcu_dereference_wiphy - rcu_dereference with debug checking 5381 * @wiphy: the wiphy to check the locking on 5382 * @p: The pointer to read, prior to dereferencing 5383 * 5384 * Do an rcu_dereference(p), but check caller either holds rcu_read_lock() 5385 * or RTNL. Note: Please prefer wiphy_dereference() or rcu_dereference(). 5386 */ 5387 #define rcu_dereference_wiphy(wiphy, p) \ 5388 rcu_dereference_check(p, lockdep_is_held(&wiphy->mtx)) 5389 5390 /** 5391 * wiphy_dereference - fetch RCU pointer when updates are prevented by wiphy mtx 5392 * @wiphy: the wiphy to check the locking on 5393 * @p: The pointer to read, prior to dereferencing 5394 * 5395 * Return the value of the specified RCU-protected pointer, but omit the 5396 * READ_ONCE(), because caller holds the wiphy mutex used for updates. 5397 */ 5398 #define wiphy_dereference(wiphy, p) \ 5399 rcu_dereference_protected(p, lockdep_is_held(&wiphy->mtx)) 5400 5401 /** 5402 * get_wiphy_regdom - get custom regdomain for the given wiphy 5403 * @wiphy: the wiphy to get the regdomain from 5404 */ 5405 const struct ieee80211_regdomain *get_wiphy_regdom(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5406 5407 /** 5408 * wiphy_unregister - deregister a wiphy from cfg80211 5409 * 5410 * @wiphy: The wiphy to unregister. 5411 * 5412 * After this call, no more requests can be made with this priv 5413 * pointer, but the call may sleep to wait for an outstanding 5414 * request that is being handled. 5415 */ 5416 void wiphy_unregister(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5417 5418 /** 5419 * wiphy_free - free wiphy 5420 * 5421 * @wiphy: The wiphy to free 5422 */ 5423 void wiphy_free(struct wiphy *wiphy); 5424 5425 /* internal structs */ 5426 struct cfg80211_conn; 5427 struct cfg80211_internal_bss; 5428 struct cfg80211_cached_keys; 5429 struct cfg80211_cqm_config; 5430 5431 /** 5432 * wiphy_lock - lock the wiphy 5433 * @wiphy: the wiphy to lock 5434 * 5435 * This is mostly exposed so it can be done around registering and 5436 * unregistering netdevs that aren't created through cfg80211 calls, 5437 * since that requires locking in cfg80211 when the notifiers is 5438 * called, but that cannot differentiate which way it's called. 5439 * 5440 * When cfg80211 ops are called, the wiphy is already locked. 5441 */ 5442 static inline void wiphy_lock(struct wiphy *wiphy) 5443 __acquires(&wiphy->mtx) 5444 { 5445 mutex_lock(&wiphy->mtx); 5446 __acquire(&wiphy->mtx); 5447 } 5448 5449 /** 5450 * wiphy_unlock - unlock the wiphy again 5451 * @wiphy: the wiphy to unlock 5452 */ 5453 static inline void wiphy_unlock(struct wiphy *wiphy) 5454 __releases(&wiphy->mtx) 5455 { 5456 __release(&wiphy->mtx); 5457 mutex_unlock(&wiphy->mtx); 5458 } 5459 5460 /** 5461 * struct wireless_dev - wireless device state 5462 * 5463 * For netdevs, this structure must be allocated by the driver 5464 * that uses the ieee80211_ptr field in struct net_device (this 5465 * is intentional so it can be allocated along with the netdev.) 5466 * It need not be registered then as netdev registration will 5467 * be intercepted by cfg80211 to see the new wireless device, 5468 * however, drivers must lock the wiphy before registering or 5469 * unregistering netdevs if they pre-create any netdevs (in ops 5470 * called from cfg80211, the wiphy is already locked.) 5471 * 5472 * For non-netdev uses, it must also be allocated by the driver 5473 * in response to the cfg80211 callbacks that require it, as 5474 * there's no netdev registration in that case it may not be 5475 * allocated outside of callback operations that return it. 5476 * 5477 * @wiphy: pointer to hardware description 5478 * @iftype: interface type 5479 * @registered: is this wdev already registered with cfg80211 5480 * @registering: indicates we're doing registration under wiphy lock 5481 * for the notifier 5482 * @list: (private) Used to collect the interfaces 5483 * @netdev: (private) Used to reference back to the netdev, may be %NULL 5484 * @identifier: (private) Identifier used in nl80211 to identify this 5485 * wireless device if it has no netdev 5486 * @current_bss: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 5487 * @chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to track 5488 * the user-set channel definition. 5489 * @preset_chandef: (private) Used by the internal configuration code to 5490 * track the channel to be used for AP later 5491 * @bssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 5492 * @ssid: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 5493 * @ssid_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 5494 * @mesh_id_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 5495 * @mesh_id_up_len: (private) Used by the internal configuration code 5496 * @wext: (private) Used by the internal wireless extensions compat code 5497 * @wext.ibss: (private) IBSS data part of wext handling 5498 * @wext.connect: (private) connection handling data 5499 * @wext.keys: (private) (WEP) key data 5500 * @wext.ie: (private) extra elements for association 5501 * @wext.ie_len: (private) length of extra elements 5502 * @wext.bssid: (private) selected network BSSID 5503 * @wext.ssid: (private) selected network SSID 5504 * @wext.default_key: (private) selected default key index 5505 * @wext.default_mgmt_key: (private) selected default management key index 5506 * @wext.prev_bssid: (private) previous BSSID for reassociation 5507 * @wext.prev_bssid_valid: (private) previous BSSID validity 5508 * @use_4addr: indicates 4addr mode is used on this interface, must be 5509 * set by driver (if supported) on add_interface BEFORE registering the 5510 * netdev and may otherwise be used by driver read-only, will be update 5511 * by cfg80211 on change_interface 5512 * @mgmt_registrations: list of registrations for management frames 5513 * @mgmt_registrations_need_update: mgmt registrations were updated, 5514 * need to propagate the update to the driver 5515 * @mtx: mutex used to lock data in this struct, may be used by drivers 5516 * and some API functions require it held 5517 * @beacon_interval: beacon interval used on this device for transmitting 5518 * beacons, 0 when not valid 5519 * @address: The address for this device, valid only if @netdev is %NULL 5520 * @is_running: true if this is a non-netdev device that has been started, e.g. 5521 * the P2P Device. 5522 * @cac_started: true if DFS channel availability check has been started 5523 * @cac_start_time: timestamp (jiffies) when the dfs state was entered. 5524 * @cac_time_ms: CAC time in ms 5525 * @ps: powersave mode is enabled 5526 * @ps_timeout: dynamic powersave timeout 5527 * @ap_unexpected_nlportid: (private) netlink port ID of application 5528 * registered for unexpected class 3 frames (AP mode) 5529 * @conn: (private) cfg80211 software SME connection state machine data 5530 * @connect_keys: (private) keys to set after connection is established 5531 * @conn_bss_type: connecting/connected BSS type 5532 * @conn_owner_nlportid: (private) connection owner socket port ID 5533 * @disconnect_wk: (private) auto-disconnect work 5534 * @disconnect_bssid: (private) the BSSID to use for auto-disconnect 5535 * @ibss_fixed: (private) IBSS is using fixed BSSID 5536 * @ibss_dfs_possible: (private) IBSS may change to a DFS channel 5537 * @event_list: (private) list for internal event processing 5538 * @event_lock: (private) lock for event list 5539 * @owner_nlportid: (private) owner socket port ID 5540 * @nl_owner_dead: (private) owner socket went away 5541 * @cqm_config: (private) nl80211 RSSI monitor state 5542 * @pmsr_list: (private) peer measurement requests 5543 * @pmsr_lock: (private) peer measurements requests/results lock 5544 * @pmsr_free_wk: (private) peer measurements cleanup work 5545 * @unprot_beacon_reported: (private) timestamp of last 5546 * unprotected beacon report 5547 */ 5548 struct wireless_dev { 5549 struct wiphy *wiphy; 5550 enum nl80211_iftype iftype; 5551 5552 /* the remainder of this struct should be private to cfg80211 */ 5553 struct list_head list; 5554 struct net_device *netdev; 5555 5556 u32 identifier; 5557 5558 struct list_head mgmt_registrations; 5559 u8 mgmt_registrations_need_update:1; 5560 5561 struct mutex mtx; 5562 5563 bool use_4addr, is_running, registered, registering; 5564 5565 u8 address[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(sizeof(u16)); 5566 5567 /* currently used for IBSS and SME - might be rearranged later */ 5568 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 5569 u8 ssid_len, mesh_id_len, mesh_id_up_len; 5570 struct cfg80211_conn *conn; 5571 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *connect_keys; 5572 enum ieee80211_bss_type conn_bss_type; 5573 u32 conn_owner_nlportid; 5574 5575 struct work_struct disconnect_wk; 5576 u8 disconnect_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 5577 5578 struct list_head event_list; 5579 spinlock_t event_lock; 5580 5581 struct cfg80211_internal_bss *current_bss; /* associated / joined */ 5582 struct cfg80211_chan_def preset_chandef; 5583 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef; 5584 5585 bool ibss_fixed; 5586 bool ibss_dfs_possible; 5587 5588 bool ps; 5589 int ps_timeout; 5590 5591 int beacon_interval; 5592 5593 u32 ap_unexpected_nlportid; 5594 5595 u32 owner_nlportid; 5596 bool nl_owner_dead; 5597 5598 bool cac_started; 5599 unsigned long cac_start_time; 5600 unsigned int cac_time_ms; 5601 5602 #ifdef CONFIG_CFG80211_WEXT 5603 /* wext data */ 5604 struct { 5605 struct cfg80211_ibss_params ibss; 5606 struct cfg80211_connect_params connect; 5607 struct cfg80211_cached_keys *keys; 5608 const u8 *ie; 5609 size_t ie_len; 5610 u8 bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 5611 u8 prev_bssid[ETH_ALEN]; 5612 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN]; 5613 s8 default_key, default_mgmt_key; 5614 bool prev_bssid_valid; 5615 } wext; 5616 #endif 5617 5618 struct cfg80211_cqm_config *cqm_config; 5619 5620 struct list_head pmsr_list; 5621 spinlock_t pmsr_lock; 5622 struct work_struct pmsr_free_wk; 5623 5624 unsigned long unprot_beacon_reported; 5625 }; 5626 5627 static inline const u8 *wdev_address(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 5628 { 5629 if (wdev->netdev) 5630 return wdev->netdev->dev_addr; 5631 return wdev->address; 5632 } 5633 5634 static inline bool wdev_running(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 5635 { 5636 if (wdev->netdev) 5637 return netif_running(wdev->netdev); 5638 return wdev->is_running; 5639 } 5640 5641 /** 5642 * wdev_priv - return wiphy priv from wireless_dev 5643 * 5644 * @wdev: The wireless device whose wiphy's priv pointer to return 5645 * Return: The wiphy priv of @wdev. 5646 */ 5647 static inline void *wdev_priv(struct wireless_dev *wdev) 5648 { 5649 BUG_ON(!wdev); 5650 return wiphy_priv(wdev->wiphy); 5651 } 5652 5653 /** 5654 * DOC: Utility functions 5655 * 5656 * cfg80211 offers a number of utility functions that can be useful. 5657 */ 5658 5659 /** 5660 * ieee80211_channel_equal - compare two struct ieee80211_channel 5661 * 5662 * @a: 1st struct ieee80211_channel 5663 * @b: 2nd struct ieee80211_channel 5664 * Return: true if center frequency of @a == @b 5665 */ 5666 static inline bool 5667 ieee80211_channel_equal(struct ieee80211_channel *a, 5668 struct ieee80211_channel *b) 5669 { 5670 return (a->center_freq == b->center_freq && 5671 a->freq_offset == b->freq_offset); 5672 } 5673 5674 /** 5675 * ieee80211_channel_to_khz - convert ieee80211_channel to frequency in KHz 5676 * @chan: struct ieee80211_channel to convert 5677 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in KHz) 5678 */ 5679 static inline u32 5680 ieee80211_channel_to_khz(const struct ieee80211_channel *chan) 5681 { 5682 return MHZ_TO_KHZ(chan->center_freq) + chan->freq_offset; 5683 } 5684 5685 /** 5686 * ieee80211_s1g_channel_width - get allowed channel width from @chan 5687 * 5688 * Only allowed for band NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ 5689 * @chan: channel 5690 * Return: The allowed channel width for this center_freq 5691 */ 5692 enum nl80211_chan_width 5693 ieee80211_s1g_channel_width(const struct ieee80211_channel *chan); 5694 5695 /** 5696 * ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz - convert channel number to frequency 5697 * @chan: channel number 5698 * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap 5699 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in KHz), or 0 if the conversion failed. 5700 */ 5701 u32 ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz(int chan, enum nl80211_band band); 5702 5703 /** 5704 * ieee80211_channel_to_frequency - convert channel number to frequency 5705 * @chan: channel number 5706 * @band: band, necessary due to channel number overlap 5707 * Return: The corresponding frequency (in MHz), or 0 if the conversion failed. 5708 */ 5709 static inline int 5710 ieee80211_channel_to_frequency(int chan, enum nl80211_band band) 5711 { 5712 return KHZ_TO_MHZ(ieee80211_channel_to_freq_khz(chan, band)); 5713 } 5714 5715 /** 5716 * ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number 5717 * @freq: center frequency in KHz 5718 * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed. 5719 */ 5720 int ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel(u32 freq); 5721 5722 /** 5723 * ieee80211_frequency_to_channel - convert frequency to channel number 5724 * @freq: center frequency in MHz 5725 * Return: The corresponding channel, or 0 if the conversion failed. 5726 */ 5727 static inline int 5728 ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(int freq) 5729 { 5730 return ieee80211_freq_khz_to_channel(MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq)); 5731 } 5732 5733 /** 5734 * ieee80211_get_channel_khz - get channel struct from wiphy for specified 5735 * frequency 5736 * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for 5737 * @freq: the center frequency (in KHz) of the channel 5738 * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq. 5739 */ 5740 struct ieee80211_channel * 5741 ieee80211_get_channel_khz(struct wiphy *wiphy, u32 freq); 5742 5743 /** 5744 * ieee80211_get_channel - get channel struct from wiphy for specified frequency 5745 * 5746 * @wiphy: the struct wiphy to get the channel for 5747 * @freq: the center frequency (in MHz) of the channel 5748 * Return: The channel struct from @wiphy at @freq. 5749 */ 5750 static inline struct ieee80211_channel * 5751 ieee80211_get_channel(struct wiphy *wiphy, int freq) 5752 { 5753 return ieee80211_get_channel_khz(wiphy, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq)); 5754 } 5755 5756 /** 5757 * cfg80211_channel_is_psc - Check if the channel is a 6 GHz PSC 5758 * @chan: control channel to check 5759 * 5760 * The Preferred Scanning Channels (PSC) are defined in 5761 * Draft IEEE P802.11ax/D5.0, 26.17.2.3.3 5762 */ 5763 static inline bool cfg80211_channel_is_psc(struct ieee80211_channel *chan) 5764 { 5765 if (chan->band != NL80211_BAND_6GHZ) 5766 return false; 5767 5768 return ieee80211_frequency_to_channel(chan->center_freq) % 16 == 5; 5769 } 5770 5771 /** 5772 * ieee80211_get_response_rate - get basic rate for a given rate 5773 * 5774 * @sband: the band to look for rates in 5775 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates 5776 * @bitrate: the bitrate for which to find the basic rate 5777 * 5778 * Return: The basic rate corresponding to a given bitrate, that 5779 * is the next lower bitrate contained in the basic rate map, 5780 * which is, for this function, given as a bitmap of indices of 5781 * rates in the band's bitrate table. 5782 */ 5783 const struct ieee80211_rate * 5784 ieee80211_get_response_rate(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 5785 u32 basic_rates, int bitrate); 5786 5787 /** 5788 * ieee80211_mandatory_rates - get mandatory rates for a given band 5789 * @sband: the band to look for rates in 5790 * @scan_width: width of the control channel 5791 * 5792 * This function returns a bitmap of the mandatory rates for the given 5793 * band, bits are set according to the rate position in the bitrates array. 5794 */ 5795 u32 ieee80211_mandatory_rates(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband, 5796 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width); 5797 5798 /* 5799 * Radiotap parsing functions -- for controlled injection support 5800 * 5801 * Implemented in net/wireless/radiotap.c 5802 * Documentation in Documentation/networking/radiotap-headers.rst 5803 */ 5804 5805 struct radiotap_align_size { 5806 uint8_t align:4, size:4; 5807 }; 5808 5809 struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace { 5810 const struct radiotap_align_size *align_size; 5811 int n_bits; 5812 uint32_t oui; 5813 uint8_t subns; 5814 }; 5815 5816 struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces { 5817 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *ns; 5818 int n_ns; 5819 }; 5820 5821 /** 5822 * struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator - tracks walk thru present radiotap args 5823 * @this_arg_index: index of current arg, valid after each successful call 5824 * to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() 5825 * @this_arg: pointer to current radiotap arg; it is valid after each 5826 * call to ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next() but also after 5827 * ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init() where it will point to 5828 * the beginning of the actual data portion 5829 * @this_arg_size: length of the current arg, for convenience 5830 * @current_namespace: pointer to the current namespace definition 5831 * (or internally %NULL if the current namespace is unknown) 5832 * @is_radiotap_ns: indicates whether the current namespace is the default 5833 * radiotap namespace or not 5834 * 5835 * @_rtheader: pointer to the radiotap header we are walking through 5836 * @_max_length: length of radiotap header in cpu byte ordering 5837 * @_arg_index: next argument index 5838 * @_arg: next argument pointer 5839 * @_next_bitmap: internal pointer to next present u32 5840 * @_bitmap_shifter: internal shifter for curr u32 bitmap, b0 set == arg present 5841 * @_vns: vendor namespace definitions 5842 * @_next_ns_data: beginning of the next namespace's data 5843 * @_reset_on_ext: internal; reset the arg index to 0 when going to the 5844 * next bitmap word 5845 * 5846 * Describes the radiotap parser state. Fields prefixed with an underscore 5847 * must not be used by users of the parser, only by the parser internally. 5848 */ 5849 5850 struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator { 5851 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *_rtheader; 5852 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *_vns; 5853 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_namespace *current_namespace; 5854 5855 unsigned char *_arg, *_next_ns_data; 5856 __le32 *_next_bitmap; 5857 5858 unsigned char *this_arg; 5859 int this_arg_index; 5860 int this_arg_size; 5861 5862 int is_radiotap_ns; 5863 5864 int _max_length; 5865 int _arg_index; 5866 uint32_t _bitmap_shifter; 5867 int _reset_on_ext; 5868 }; 5869 5870 int 5871 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_init(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator, 5872 struct ieee80211_radiotap_header *radiotap_header, 5873 int max_length, 5874 const struct ieee80211_radiotap_vendor_namespaces *vns); 5875 5876 int 5877 ieee80211_radiotap_iterator_next(struct ieee80211_radiotap_iterator *iterator); 5878 5879 5880 extern const unsigned char rfc1042_header[6]; 5881 extern const unsigned char bridge_tunnel_header[6]; 5882 5883 /** 5884 * ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb - get header length from data 5885 * 5886 * @skb: the frame 5887 * 5888 * Given an skb with a raw 802.11 header at the data pointer this function 5889 * returns the 802.11 header length. 5890 * 5891 * Return: The 802.11 header length in bytes (not including encryption 5892 * headers). Or 0 if the data in the sk_buff is too short to contain a valid 5893 * 802.11 header. 5894 */ 5895 unsigned int ieee80211_get_hdrlen_from_skb(const struct sk_buff *skb); 5896 5897 /** 5898 * ieee80211_hdrlen - get header length in bytes from frame control 5899 * @fc: frame control field in little-endian format 5900 * Return: The header length in bytes. 5901 */ 5902 unsigned int __attribute_const__ ieee80211_hdrlen(__le16 fc); 5903 5904 /** 5905 * ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen - get mesh extension header length 5906 * @meshhdr: the mesh extension header, only the flags field 5907 * (first byte) will be accessed 5908 * Return: The length of the extension header, which is always at 5909 * least 6 bytes and at most 18 if address 5 and 6 are present. 5910 */ 5911 unsigned int ieee80211_get_mesh_hdrlen(struct ieee80211s_hdr *meshhdr); 5912 5913 /** 5914 * DOC: Data path helpers 5915 * 5916 * In addition to generic utilities, cfg80211 also offers 5917 * functions that help implement the data path for devices 5918 * that do not do the 802.11/802.3 conversion on the device. 5919 */ 5920 5921 /** 5922 * ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 5923 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame 5924 * @ehdr: pointer to a &struct ethhdr that will get the header, instead 5925 * of it being pushed into the SKB 5926 * @addr: the device MAC address 5927 * @iftype: the virtual interface type 5928 * @data_offset: offset of payload after the 802.11 header 5929 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 5930 */ 5931 int ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(struct sk_buff *skb, struct ethhdr *ehdr, 5932 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 5933 u8 data_offset, bool is_amsdu); 5934 5935 /** 5936 * ieee80211_data_to_8023 - convert an 802.11 data frame to 802.3 5937 * @skb: the 802.11 data frame 5938 * @addr: the device MAC address 5939 * @iftype: the virtual interface type 5940 * Return: 0 on success. Non-zero on error. 5941 */ 5942 static inline int ieee80211_data_to_8023(struct sk_buff *skb, const u8 *addr, 5943 enum nl80211_iftype iftype) 5944 { 5945 return ieee80211_data_to_8023_exthdr(skb, NULL, addr, iftype, 0, false); 5946 } 5947 5948 /** 5949 * ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s - decode an IEEE 802.11n A-MSDU frame 5950 * 5951 * Decode an IEEE 802.11 A-MSDU and convert it to a list of 802.3 frames. 5952 * The @list will be empty if the decode fails. The @skb must be fully 5953 * header-less before being passed in here; it is freed in this function. 5954 * 5955 * @skb: The input A-MSDU frame without any headers. 5956 * @list: The output list of 802.3 frames. It must be allocated and 5957 * initialized by the caller. 5958 * @addr: The device MAC address. 5959 * @iftype: The device interface type. 5960 * @extra_headroom: The hardware extra headroom for SKBs in the @list. 5961 * @check_da: DA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL 5962 * @check_sa: SA to check in the inner ethernet header, or NULL 5963 */ 5964 void ieee80211_amsdu_to_8023s(struct sk_buff *skb, struct sk_buff_head *list, 5965 const u8 *addr, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 5966 const unsigned int extra_headroom, 5967 const u8 *check_da, const u8 *check_sa); 5968 5969 /** 5970 * cfg80211_classify8021d - determine the 802.1p/1d tag for a data frame 5971 * @skb: the data frame 5972 * @qos_map: Interworking QoS mapping or %NULL if not in use 5973 * Return: The 802.1p/1d tag. 5974 */ 5975 unsigned int cfg80211_classify8021d(struct sk_buff *skb, 5976 struct cfg80211_qos_map *qos_map); 5977 5978 /** 5979 * cfg80211_find_elem_match - match information element and byte array in data 5980 * 5981 * @eid: element ID 5982 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 5983 * @len: length of data 5984 * @match: byte array to match 5985 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array 5986 * @match_offset: offset in the IE data where the byte array should match. 5987 * Note the difference to cfg80211_find_ie_match() which considers 5988 * the offset to start from the element ID byte, but here we take 5989 * the data portion instead. 5990 * 5991 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 5992 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 5993 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 5994 * requested element struct. 5995 * 5996 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 5997 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the 5998 * byte array to match. 5999 */ 6000 const struct element * 6001 cfg80211_find_elem_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 6002 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len, 6003 unsigned int match_offset); 6004 6005 /** 6006 * cfg80211_find_ie_match - match information element and byte array in data 6007 * 6008 * @eid: element ID 6009 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6010 * @len: length of data 6011 * @match: byte array to match 6012 * @match_len: number of bytes in the match array 6013 * @match_offset: offset in the IE where the byte array should match. 6014 * If match_len is zero, this must also be set to zero. 6015 * Otherwise this must be set to 2 or more, because the first 6016 * byte is the element id, which is already compared to eid, and 6017 * the second byte is the IE length. 6018 * 6019 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 6020 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 6021 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match, or a pointer to the first 6022 * byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the 6023 * element ID. 6024 * 6025 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 6026 * having to fit into the given data and being large enough for the 6027 * byte array to match. 6028 */ 6029 static inline const u8 * 6030 cfg80211_find_ie_match(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 6031 const u8 *match, unsigned int match_len, 6032 unsigned int match_offset) 6033 { 6034 /* match_offset can't be smaller than 2, unless match_len is 6035 * zero, in which case match_offset must be zero as well. 6036 */ 6037 if (WARN_ON((match_len && match_offset < 2) || 6038 (!match_len && match_offset))) 6039 return NULL; 6040 6041 return (const void *)cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, 6042 match, match_len, 6043 match_offset ? 6044 match_offset - 2 : 0); 6045 } 6046 6047 /** 6048 * cfg80211_find_elem - find information element in data 6049 * 6050 * @eid: element ID 6051 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6052 * @len: length of data 6053 * 6054 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 6055 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 6056 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 6057 * requested element struct. 6058 * 6059 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 6060 * having to fit into the given data. 6061 */ 6062 static inline const struct element * 6063 cfg80211_find_elem(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 6064 { 6065 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0); 6066 } 6067 6068 /** 6069 * cfg80211_find_ie - find information element in data 6070 * 6071 * @eid: element ID 6072 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6073 * @len: length of data 6074 * 6075 * Return: %NULL if the element ID could not be found or if 6076 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 6077 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested 6078 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID. 6079 * 6080 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 6081 * having to fit into the given data. 6082 */ 6083 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ie(u8 eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 6084 { 6085 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(eid, ies, len, NULL, 0, 0); 6086 } 6087 6088 /** 6089 * cfg80211_find_ext_elem - find information element with EID Extension in data 6090 * 6091 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension 6092 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6093 * @len: length of data 6094 * 6095 * Return: %NULL if the etended element could not be found or if 6096 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 6097 * data) or if the byte array doesn't match; otherwise return the 6098 * requested element struct. 6099 * 6100 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 6101 * having to fit into the given data. 6102 */ 6103 static inline const struct element * 6104 cfg80211_find_ext_elem(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 6105 { 6106 return cfg80211_find_elem_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len, 6107 &ext_eid, 1, 0); 6108 } 6109 6110 /** 6111 * cfg80211_find_ext_ie - find information element with EID Extension in data 6112 * 6113 * @ext_eid: element ID Extension 6114 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6115 * @len: length of data 6116 * 6117 * Return: %NULL if the extended element ID could not be found or if 6118 * the element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given 6119 * data), or a pointer to the first byte of the requested 6120 * element, that is the byte containing the element ID. 6121 * 6122 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than 6123 * having to fit into the given data. 6124 */ 6125 static inline const u8 *cfg80211_find_ext_ie(u8 ext_eid, const u8 *ies, int len) 6126 { 6127 return cfg80211_find_ie_match(WLAN_EID_EXTENSION, ies, len, 6128 &ext_eid, 1, 2); 6129 } 6130 6131 /** 6132 * cfg80211_find_vendor_elem - find vendor specific information element in data 6133 * 6134 * @oui: vendor OUI 6135 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any 6136 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6137 * @len: length of data 6138 * 6139 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the 6140 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data); otherwise 6141 * return the element structure for the requested element. 6142 * 6143 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into 6144 * the given data. 6145 */ 6146 const struct element *cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(unsigned int oui, int oui_type, 6147 const u8 *ies, 6148 unsigned int len); 6149 6150 /** 6151 * cfg80211_find_vendor_ie - find vendor specific information element in data 6152 * 6153 * @oui: vendor OUI 6154 * @oui_type: vendor-specific OUI type (must be < 0xff), negative means any 6155 * @ies: data consisting of IEs 6156 * @len: length of data 6157 * 6158 * Return: %NULL if the vendor specific element ID could not be found or if the 6159 * element is invalid (claims to be longer than the given data), or a pointer to 6160 * the first byte of the requested element, that is the byte containing the 6161 * element ID. 6162 * 6163 * Note: There are no checks on the element length other than having to fit into 6164 * the given data. 6165 */ 6166 static inline const u8 * 6167 cfg80211_find_vendor_ie(unsigned int oui, int oui_type, 6168 const u8 *ies, unsigned int len) 6169 { 6170 return (const void *)cfg80211_find_vendor_elem(oui, oui_type, ies, len); 6171 } 6172 6173 /** 6174 * cfg80211_send_layer2_update - send layer 2 update frame 6175 * 6176 * @dev: network device 6177 * @addr: STA MAC address 6178 * 6179 * Wireless drivers can use this function to update forwarding tables in bridge 6180 * devices upon STA association. 6181 */ 6182 void cfg80211_send_layer2_update(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); 6183 6184 /** 6185 * DOC: Regulatory enforcement infrastructure 6186 * 6187 * TODO 6188 */ 6189 6190 /** 6191 * regulatory_hint - driver hint to the wireless core a regulatory domain 6192 * @wiphy: the wireless device giving the hint (used only for reporting 6193 * conflicts) 6194 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 the driver claims its regulatory domain 6195 * should be in. If @rd is set this should be NULL. Note that if you 6196 * set this to NULL you should still set rd->alpha2 to some accepted 6197 * alpha2. 6198 * 6199 * Wireless drivers can use this function to hint to the wireless core 6200 * what it believes should be the current regulatory domain by 6201 * giving it an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country code it knows its regulatory 6202 * domain should be in or by providing a completely build regulatory domain. 6203 * If the driver provides an ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 userspace will be queried 6204 * for a regulatory domain structure for the respective country. 6205 * 6206 * The wiphy must have been registered to cfg80211 prior to this call. 6207 * For cfg80211 drivers this means you must first use wiphy_register(), 6208 * for mac80211 drivers you must first use ieee80211_register_hw(). 6209 * 6210 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get 6211 * an -ENOMEM. 6212 * 6213 * Return: 0 on success. -ENOMEM. 6214 */ 6215 int regulatory_hint(struct wiphy *wiphy, const char *alpha2); 6216 6217 /** 6218 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd - set regdom info for self managed drivers 6219 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 6220 * @rd: the regulatory domain informatoin to use for this wiphy 6221 * 6222 * Set the regulatory domain information for self-managed wiphys, only they 6223 * may use this function. See %REGULATORY_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED for more 6224 * information. 6225 * 6226 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM 6227 */ 6228 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6229 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); 6230 6231 /** 6232 * regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync - set regdom for self-managed drivers 6233 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 6234 * @rd: the regulatory domain information to use for this wiphy 6235 * 6236 * This functions requires the RTNL and the wiphy mutex to be held and 6237 * applies the new regdomain synchronously to this wiphy. For more details 6238 * see regulatory_set_wiphy_regd(). 6239 * 6240 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL, -EPERM 6241 */ 6242 int regulatory_set_wiphy_regd_sync(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6243 struct ieee80211_regdomain *rd); 6244 6245 /** 6246 * wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory - apply a custom driver regulatory domain 6247 * @wiphy: the wireless device we want to process the regulatory domain on 6248 * @regd: the custom regulatory domain to use for this wiphy 6249 * 6250 * Drivers can sometimes have custom regulatory domains which do not apply 6251 * to a specific country. Drivers can use this to apply such custom regulatory 6252 * domains. This routine must be called prior to wiphy registration. The 6253 * custom regulatory domain will be trusted completely and as such previous 6254 * default channel settings will be disregarded. If no rule is found for a 6255 * channel on the regulatory domain the channel will be disabled. 6256 * Drivers using this for a wiphy should also set the wiphy flag 6257 * REGULATORY_CUSTOM_REG or cfg80211 will set it for the wiphy 6258 * that called this helper. 6259 */ 6260 void wiphy_apply_custom_regulatory(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6261 const struct ieee80211_regdomain *regd); 6262 6263 /** 6264 * freq_reg_info - get regulatory information for the given frequency 6265 * @wiphy: the wiphy for which we want to process this rule for 6266 * @center_freq: Frequency in KHz for which we want regulatory information for 6267 * 6268 * Use this function to get the regulatory rule for a specific frequency on 6269 * a given wireless device. If the device has a specific regulatory domain 6270 * it wants to follow we respect that unless a country IE has been received 6271 * and processed already. 6272 * 6273 * Return: A valid pointer, or, when an error occurs, for example if no rule 6274 * can be found, the return value is encoded using ERR_PTR(). Use IS_ERR() to 6275 * check and PTR_ERR() to obtain the numeric return value. The numeric return 6276 * value will be -ERANGE if we determine the given center_freq does not even 6277 * have a regulatory rule for a frequency range in the center_freq's band. 6278 * See freq_in_rule_band() for our current definition of a band -- this is 6279 * purely subjective and right now it's 802.11 specific. 6280 */ 6281 const struct ieee80211_reg_rule *freq_reg_info(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6282 u32 center_freq); 6283 6284 /** 6285 * reg_initiator_name - map regulatory request initiator enum to name 6286 * @initiator: the regulatory request initiator 6287 * 6288 * You can use this to map the regulatory request initiator enum to a 6289 * proper string representation. 6290 */ 6291 const char *reg_initiator_name(enum nl80211_reg_initiator initiator); 6292 6293 /** 6294 * regulatory_pre_cac_allowed - check if pre-CAC allowed in the current regdom 6295 * @wiphy: wiphy for which pre-CAC capability is checked. 6296 * 6297 * Pre-CAC is allowed only in some regdomains (notable ETSI). 6298 */ 6299 bool regulatory_pre_cac_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6300 6301 /** 6302 * DOC: Internal regulatory db functions 6303 * 6304 */ 6305 6306 /** 6307 * reg_query_regdb_wmm - Query internal regulatory db for wmm rule 6308 * Regulatory self-managed driver can use it to proactively 6309 * 6310 * @alpha2: the ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 wmm rule to be queried. 6311 * @freq: the freqency(in MHz) to be queried. 6312 * @rule: pointer to store the wmm rule from the regulatory db. 6313 * 6314 * Self-managed wireless drivers can use this function to query 6315 * the internal regulatory database to check whether the given 6316 * ISO/IEC 3166 alpha2 country and freq have wmm rule limitations. 6317 * 6318 * Drivers should check the return value, its possible you can get 6319 * an -ENODATA. 6320 * 6321 * Return: 0 on success. -ENODATA. 6322 */ 6323 int reg_query_regdb_wmm(char *alpha2, int freq, 6324 struct ieee80211_reg_rule *rule); 6325 6326 /* 6327 * callbacks for asynchronous cfg80211 methods, notification 6328 * functions and BSS handling helpers 6329 */ 6330 6331 /** 6332 * cfg80211_scan_done - notify that scan finished 6333 * 6334 * @request: the corresponding scan request 6335 * @info: information about the completed scan 6336 */ 6337 void cfg80211_scan_done(struct cfg80211_scan_request *request, 6338 struct cfg80211_scan_info *info); 6339 6340 /** 6341 * cfg80211_sched_scan_results - notify that new scan results are available 6342 * 6343 * @wiphy: the wiphy which got scheduled scan results 6344 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 6345 */ 6346 void cfg80211_sched_scan_results(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 6347 6348 /** 6349 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped 6350 * 6351 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped 6352 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 6353 * 6354 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the 6355 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver 6356 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. 6357 */ 6358 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 6359 6360 /** 6361 * cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_locked - notify that the scheduled scan has stopped 6362 * 6363 * @wiphy: the wiphy on which the scheduled scan stopped 6364 * @reqid: identifier for the related scheduled scan request 6365 * 6366 * The driver can call this function to inform cfg80211 that the 6367 * scheduled scan had to be stopped, for whatever reason. The driver 6368 * is then called back via the sched_scan_stop operation when done. 6369 * This function should be called with the wiphy mutex held. 6370 */ 6371 void cfg80211_sched_scan_stopped_locked(struct wiphy *wiphy, u64 reqid); 6372 6373 /** 6374 * cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data - inform cfg80211 of a received BSS frame 6375 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS 6376 * @data: the BSS metadata 6377 * @mgmt: the management frame (probe response or beacon) 6378 * @len: length of the management frame 6379 * @gfp: context flags 6380 * 6381 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and 6382 * the BSS should be updated/added. 6383 * 6384 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! 6385 * Or %NULL on error. 6386 */ 6387 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 6388 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6389 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, 6390 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 6391 gfp_t gfp); 6392 6393 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 6394 cfg80211_inform_bss_width_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6395 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 6396 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width, 6397 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 6398 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 6399 { 6400 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 6401 .chan = rx_channel, 6402 .scan_width = scan_width, 6403 .signal = signal, 6404 }; 6405 6406 return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp); 6407 } 6408 6409 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 6410 cfg80211_inform_bss_frame(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6411 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 6412 struct ieee80211_mgmt *mgmt, size_t len, 6413 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 6414 { 6415 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 6416 .chan = rx_channel, 6417 .scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 6418 .signal = signal, 6419 }; 6420 6421 return cfg80211_inform_bss_frame_data(wiphy, &data, mgmt, len, gfp); 6422 } 6423 6424 /** 6425 * cfg80211_gen_new_bssid - generate a nontransmitted BSSID for multi-BSSID 6426 * @bssid: transmitter BSSID 6427 * @max_bssid: max BSSID indicator, taken from Multiple BSSID element 6428 * @mbssid_index: BSSID index, taken from Multiple BSSID index element 6429 * @new_bssid: calculated nontransmitted BSSID 6430 */ 6431 static inline void cfg80211_gen_new_bssid(const u8 *bssid, u8 max_bssid, 6432 u8 mbssid_index, u8 *new_bssid) 6433 { 6434 u64 bssid_u64 = ether_addr_to_u64(bssid); 6435 u64 mask = GENMASK_ULL(max_bssid - 1, 0); 6436 u64 new_bssid_u64; 6437 6438 new_bssid_u64 = bssid_u64 & ~mask; 6439 6440 new_bssid_u64 |= ((bssid_u64 & mask) + mbssid_index) & mask; 6441 6442 u64_to_ether_addr(new_bssid_u64, new_bssid); 6443 } 6444 6445 /** 6446 * cfg80211_is_element_inherited - returns if element ID should be inherited 6447 * @element: element to check 6448 * @non_inherit_element: non inheritance element 6449 */ 6450 bool cfg80211_is_element_inherited(const struct element *element, 6451 const struct element *non_inherit_element); 6452 6453 /** 6454 * cfg80211_merge_profile - merges a MBSSID profile if it is split between IEs 6455 * @ie: ies 6456 * @ielen: length of IEs 6457 * @mbssid_elem: current MBSSID element 6458 * @sub_elem: current MBSSID subelement (profile) 6459 * @merged_ie: location of the merged profile 6460 * @max_copy_len: max merged profile length 6461 */ 6462 size_t cfg80211_merge_profile(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 6463 const struct element *mbssid_elem, 6464 const struct element *sub_elem, 6465 u8 *merged_ie, size_t max_copy_len); 6466 6467 /** 6468 * enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type - frame type that the BSS data came from 6469 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN: driver doesn't know whether the data is 6470 * from a beacon or probe response 6471 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON: data comes from a beacon 6472 * @CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP: data comes from a probe response 6473 */ 6474 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type { 6475 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_UNKNOWN, 6476 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_BEACON, 6477 CFG80211_BSS_FTYPE_PRESP, 6478 }; 6479 6480 /** 6481 * cfg80211_get_ies_channel_number - returns the channel number from ies 6482 * @ie: IEs 6483 * @ielen: length of IEs 6484 * @band: enum nl80211_band of the channel 6485 * @ftype: frame type 6486 * 6487 * Returns the channel number, or -1 if none could be determined. 6488 */ 6489 int cfg80211_get_ies_channel_number(const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 6490 enum nl80211_band band, 6491 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype); 6492 6493 /** 6494 * cfg80211_inform_bss_data - inform cfg80211 of a new BSS 6495 * 6496 * @wiphy: the wiphy reporting the BSS 6497 * @data: the BSS metadata 6498 * @ftype: frame type (if known) 6499 * @bssid: the BSSID of the BSS 6500 * @tsf: the TSF sent by the peer in the beacon/probe response (or 0) 6501 * @capability: the capability field sent by the peer 6502 * @beacon_interval: the beacon interval announced by the peer 6503 * @ie: additional IEs sent by the peer 6504 * @ielen: length of the additional IEs 6505 * @gfp: context flags 6506 * 6507 * This informs cfg80211 that BSS information was found and 6508 * the BSS should be updated/added. 6509 * 6510 * Return: A referenced struct, must be released with cfg80211_put_bss()! 6511 * Or %NULL on error. 6512 */ 6513 struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 6514 cfg80211_inform_bss_data(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6515 struct cfg80211_inform_bss *data, 6516 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 6517 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 6518 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 6519 gfp_t gfp); 6520 6521 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 6522 cfg80211_inform_bss_width(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6523 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 6524 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width scan_width, 6525 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 6526 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 6527 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 6528 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 6529 { 6530 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 6531 .chan = rx_channel, 6532 .scan_width = scan_width, 6533 .signal = signal, 6534 }; 6535 6536 return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf, 6537 capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen, 6538 gfp); 6539 } 6540 6541 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * __must_check 6542 cfg80211_inform_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6543 struct ieee80211_channel *rx_channel, 6544 enum cfg80211_bss_frame_type ftype, 6545 const u8 *bssid, u64 tsf, u16 capability, 6546 u16 beacon_interval, const u8 *ie, size_t ielen, 6547 s32 signal, gfp_t gfp) 6548 { 6549 struct cfg80211_inform_bss data = { 6550 .chan = rx_channel, 6551 .scan_width = NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20, 6552 .signal = signal, 6553 }; 6554 6555 return cfg80211_inform_bss_data(wiphy, &data, ftype, bssid, tsf, 6556 capability, beacon_interval, ie, ielen, 6557 gfp); 6558 } 6559 6560 /** 6561 * cfg80211_get_bss - get a BSS reference 6562 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 6563 * @channel: the channel to search on (or %NULL) 6564 * @bssid: the desired BSSID (or %NULL) 6565 * @ssid: the desired SSID (or %NULL) 6566 * @ssid_len: length of the SSID (or 0) 6567 * @bss_type: type of BSS, see &enum ieee80211_bss_type 6568 * @privacy: privacy filter, see &enum ieee80211_privacy 6569 */ 6570 struct cfg80211_bss *cfg80211_get_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6571 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 6572 const u8 *bssid, 6573 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len, 6574 enum ieee80211_bss_type bss_type, 6575 enum ieee80211_privacy privacy); 6576 static inline struct cfg80211_bss * 6577 cfg80211_get_ibss(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6578 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, 6579 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len) 6580 { 6581 return cfg80211_get_bss(wiphy, channel, NULL, ssid, ssid_len, 6582 IEEE80211_BSS_TYPE_IBSS, 6583 IEEE80211_PRIVACY_ANY); 6584 } 6585 6586 /** 6587 * cfg80211_ref_bss - reference BSS struct 6588 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 6589 * @bss: the BSS struct to reference 6590 * 6591 * Increments the refcount of the given BSS struct. 6592 */ 6593 void cfg80211_ref_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 6594 6595 /** 6596 * cfg80211_put_bss - unref BSS struct 6597 * @wiphy: the wiphy this BSS struct belongs to 6598 * @bss: the BSS struct 6599 * 6600 * Decrements the refcount of the given BSS struct. 6601 */ 6602 void cfg80211_put_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 6603 6604 /** 6605 * cfg80211_unlink_bss - unlink BSS from internal data structures 6606 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6607 * @bss: the bss to remove 6608 * 6609 * This function removes the given BSS from the internal data structures 6610 * thereby making it no longer show up in scan results etc. Use this 6611 * function when you detect a BSS is gone. Normally BSSes will also time 6612 * out, so it is not necessary to use this function at all. 6613 */ 6614 void cfg80211_unlink_bss(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 6615 6616 /** 6617 * cfg80211_bss_iter - iterate all BSS entries 6618 * 6619 * This function iterates over the BSS entries associated with the given wiphy 6620 * and calls the callback for the iterated BSS. The iterator function is not 6621 * allowed to call functions that might modify the internal state of the BSS DB. 6622 * 6623 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6624 * @chandef: if given, the iterator function will be called only if the channel 6625 * of the currently iterated BSS is a subset of the given channel. 6626 * @iter: the iterator function to call 6627 * @iter_data: an argument to the iterator function 6628 */ 6629 void cfg80211_bss_iter(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6630 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 6631 void (*iter)(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6632 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, 6633 void *data), 6634 void *iter_data); 6635 6636 static inline enum nl80211_bss_scan_width 6637 cfg80211_chandef_to_scan_width(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 6638 { 6639 switch (chandef->width) { 6640 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 6641 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5; 6642 case NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 6643 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10; 6644 default: 6645 return NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20; 6646 } 6647 } 6648 6649 /** 6650 * cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt - notification of processed MLME management frame 6651 * @dev: network device 6652 * @buf: authentication frame (header + body) 6653 * @len: length of the frame data 6654 * 6655 * This function is called whenever an authentication, disassociation or 6656 * deauthentication frame has been received and processed in station mode. 6657 * After being asked to authenticate via cfg80211_ops::auth() the driver must 6658 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 6659 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must 6660 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 6661 * While connected, the driver must calls this for received and processed 6662 * disassociation and deauthentication frames. If the frame couldn't be used 6663 * because it was unprotected, the driver must call the function 6664 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt() instead. 6665 * 6666 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 6667 */ 6668 void cfg80211_rx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len); 6669 6670 /** 6671 * cfg80211_auth_timeout - notification of timed out authentication 6672 * @dev: network device 6673 * @addr: The MAC address of the device with which the authentication timed out 6674 * 6675 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's 6676 * mutex. 6677 */ 6678 void cfg80211_auth_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr); 6679 6680 /** 6681 * cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp - notification of processed association response 6682 * @dev: network device 6683 * @bss: the BSS that association was requested with, ownership of the pointer 6684 * moves to cfg80211 in this call 6685 * @buf: (Re)Association Response frame (header + body) 6686 * @len: length of the frame data 6687 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Same format 6688 * as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field 6689 * @req_ies: information elements from the (Re)Association Request frame 6690 * @req_ies_len: length of req_ies data 6691 * 6692 * After being asked to associate via cfg80211_ops::assoc() the driver must 6693 * call either this function or cfg80211_auth_timeout(). 6694 * 6695 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 6696 */ 6697 void cfg80211_rx_assoc_resp(struct net_device *dev, 6698 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, 6699 const u8 *buf, size_t len, 6700 int uapsd_queues, 6701 const u8 *req_ies, size_t req_ies_len); 6702 6703 /** 6704 * cfg80211_assoc_timeout - notification of timed out association 6705 * @dev: network device 6706 * @bss: The BSS entry with which association timed out. 6707 * 6708 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 6709 */ 6710 void cfg80211_assoc_timeout(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 6711 6712 /** 6713 * cfg80211_abandon_assoc - notify cfg80211 of abandoned association attempt 6714 * @dev: network device 6715 * @bss: The BSS entry with which association was abandoned. 6716 * 6717 * Call this whenever - for reasons reported through other API, like deauth RX, 6718 * an association attempt was abandoned. 6719 * This function may sleep. The caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 6720 */ 6721 void cfg80211_abandon_assoc(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_bss *bss); 6722 6723 /** 6724 * cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt - notification of transmitted deauth/disassoc frame 6725 * @dev: network device 6726 * @buf: 802.11 frame (header + body) 6727 * @len: length of the frame data 6728 * @reconnect: immediate reconnect is desired (include the nl80211 attribute) 6729 * 6730 * This function is called whenever deauthentication has been processed in 6731 * station mode. This includes both received deauthentication frames and 6732 * locally generated ones. This function may sleep. The caller must hold the 6733 * corresponding wdev's mutex. 6734 */ 6735 void cfg80211_tx_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *buf, size_t len, 6736 bool reconnect); 6737 6738 /** 6739 * cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt - notification of unprotected mlme mgmt frame 6740 * @dev: network device 6741 * @buf: received management frame (header + body) 6742 * @len: length of the frame data 6743 * 6744 * This function is called whenever a received deauthentication or dissassoc 6745 * frame has been dropped in station mode because of MFP being used but the 6746 * frame was not protected. This is also used to notify reception of a Beacon 6747 * frame that was dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while 6748 * beacon protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode). 6749 * 6750 * This function may sleep. 6751 */ 6752 void cfg80211_rx_unprot_mlme_mgmt(struct net_device *dev, 6753 const u8 *buf, size_t len); 6754 6755 /** 6756 * cfg80211_michael_mic_failure - notification of Michael MIC failure (TKIP) 6757 * @dev: network device 6758 * @addr: The source MAC address of the frame 6759 * @key_type: The key type that the received frame used 6760 * @key_id: Key identifier (0..3). Can be -1 if missing. 6761 * @tsc: The TSC value of the frame that generated the MIC failure (6 octets) 6762 * @gfp: allocation flags 6763 * 6764 * This function is called whenever the local MAC detects a MIC failure in a 6765 * received frame. This matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() 6766 * primitive. 6767 */ 6768 void cfg80211_michael_mic_failure(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 6769 enum nl80211_key_type key_type, int key_id, 6770 const u8 *tsc, gfp_t gfp); 6771 6772 /** 6773 * cfg80211_ibss_joined - notify cfg80211 that device joined an IBSS 6774 * 6775 * @dev: network device 6776 * @bssid: the BSSID of the IBSS joined 6777 * @channel: the channel of the IBSS joined 6778 * @gfp: allocation flags 6779 * 6780 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the device joined an IBSS or 6781 * switched to a different BSSID. Before this function can be called, 6782 * either a beacon has to have been received from the IBSS, or one of 6783 * the cfg80211_inform_bss{,_frame} functions must have been called 6784 * with the locally generated beacon -- this guarantees that there is 6785 * always a scan result for this IBSS. cfg80211 will handle the rest. 6786 */ 6787 void cfg80211_ibss_joined(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 6788 struct ieee80211_channel *channel, gfp_t gfp); 6789 6790 /** 6791 * cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate - notify cfg80211 of a new mesh peer 6792 * candidate 6793 * 6794 * @dev: network device 6795 * @macaddr: the MAC address of the new candidate 6796 * @ie: information elements advertised by the peer candidate 6797 * @ie_len: length of the information elements buffer 6798 * @gfp: allocation flags 6799 * 6800 * This function notifies cfg80211 that the mesh peer candidate has been 6801 * detected, most likely via a beacon or, less likely, via a probe response. 6802 * cfg80211 then sends a notification to userspace. 6803 */ 6804 void cfg80211_notify_new_peer_candidate(struct net_device *dev, 6805 const u8 *macaddr, const u8 *ie, u8 ie_len, 6806 int sig_dbm, gfp_t gfp); 6807 6808 /** 6809 * DOC: RFkill integration 6810 * 6811 * RFkill integration in cfg80211 is almost invisible to drivers, 6812 * as cfg80211 automatically registers an rfkill instance for each 6813 * wireless device it knows about. Soft kill is also translated 6814 * into disconnecting and turning all interfaces off, drivers are 6815 * expected to turn off the device when all interfaces are down. 6816 * 6817 * However, devices may have a hard RFkill line, in which case they 6818 * also need to interact with the rfkill subsystem, via cfg80211. 6819 * They can do this with a few helper functions documented here. 6820 */ 6821 6822 /** 6823 * wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason - notify cfg80211 about hw block state 6824 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6825 * @blocked: block status 6826 * @reason: one of reasons in &enum rfkill_hard_block_reasons 6827 */ 6828 void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked, 6829 enum rfkill_hard_block_reasons reason); 6830 6831 static inline void wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state(struct wiphy *wiphy, bool blocked) 6832 { 6833 wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state_reason(wiphy, blocked, 6834 RFKILL_HARD_BLOCK_SIGNAL); 6835 } 6836 6837 /** 6838 * wiphy_rfkill_start_polling - start polling rfkill 6839 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6840 */ 6841 void wiphy_rfkill_start_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6842 6843 /** 6844 * wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling - stop polling rfkill 6845 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6846 */ 6847 static inline void wiphy_rfkill_stop_polling(struct wiphy *wiphy) 6848 { 6849 rfkill_pause_polling(wiphy->rfkill); 6850 } 6851 6852 /** 6853 * DOC: Vendor commands 6854 * 6855 * Occasionally, there are special protocol or firmware features that 6856 * can't be implemented very openly. For this and similar cases, the 6857 * vendor command functionality allows implementing the features with 6858 * (typically closed-source) userspace and firmware, using nl80211 as 6859 * the configuration mechanism. 6860 * 6861 * A driver supporting vendor commands must register them as an array 6862 * in struct wiphy, with handlers for each one, each command has an 6863 * OUI and sub command ID to identify it. 6864 * 6865 * Note that this feature should not be (ab)used to implement protocol 6866 * features that could openly be shared across drivers. In particular, 6867 * it must never be required to use vendor commands to implement any 6868 * "normal" functionality that higher-level userspace like connection 6869 * managers etc. need. 6870 */ 6871 6872 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6873 enum nl80211_commands cmd, 6874 enum nl80211_attrs attr, 6875 int approxlen); 6876 6877 struct sk_buff *__cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6878 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6879 enum nl80211_commands cmd, 6880 enum nl80211_attrs attr, 6881 unsigned int portid, 6882 int vendor_event_idx, 6883 int approxlen, gfp_t gfp); 6884 6885 void __cfg80211_send_event_skb(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp); 6886 6887 /** 6888 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb - allocate vendor command reply 6889 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6890 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 6891 * be put into the skb 6892 * 6893 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to 6894 * a vendor command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling 6895 * it outside of a vendor command's doit() operation is invalid. 6896 * 6897 * The returned skb is pre-filled with some identifying data in 6898 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), 6899 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the 6900 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute, so all that needs to be done 6901 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool 6902 * which can then read that data out of the vendor data attribute. 6903 * You must not modify the skb in any other way. 6904 * 6905 * When done, call cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply() with the skb and return 6906 * its error code as the result of the doit() operation. 6907 * 6908 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 6909 */ 6910 static inline struct sk_buff * 6911 cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) 6912 { 6913 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 6914 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, approxlen); 6915 } 6916 6917 /** 6918 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply - send the reply skb 6919 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 6920 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_alloc_reply_skb() 6921 * 6922 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing 6923 * before returning from the vendor command doit() you should 6924 * return the error code. Note that this function consumes the 6925 * skb regardless of the return value. 6926 * 6927 * Return: An error code or 0 on success. 6928 */ 6929 int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(struct sk_buff *skb); 6930 6931 /** 6932 * cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender - get the current sender netlink ID 6933 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6934 * 6935 * Return the current netlink port ID in a vendor command handler. 6936 * Valid to call only there. 6937 */ 6938 unsigned int cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(struct wiphy *wiphy); 6939 6940 /** 6941 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc - allocate vendor-specific event skb 6942 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6943 * @wdev: the wireless device 6944 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events 6945 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 6946 * be put into the skb 6947 * @gfp: allocation flags 6948 * 6949 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the 6950 * vendor-specific multicast group. 6951 * 6952 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified 6953 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data 6954 * attribute. 6955 * 6956 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the 6957 * skb to send the event. 6958 * 6959 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 6960 */ 6961 static inline struct sk_buff * 6962 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6963 int approxlen, int event_idx, gfp_t gfp) 6964 { 6965 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 6966 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 6967 0, event_idx, approxlen, gfp); 6968 } 6969 6970 /** 6971 * cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast - alloc unicast vendor-specific event skb 6972 * @wiphy: the wiphy 6973 * @wdev: the wireless device 6974 * @event_idx: index of the vendor event in the wiphy's vendor_events 6975 * @portid: port ID of the receiver 6976 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 6977 * be put into the skb 6978 * @gfp: allocation flags 6979 * 6980 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event to send to 6981 * a specific (userland) socket. This socket would previously have been 6982 * obtained by cfg80211_vendor_cmd_get_sender(), and the caller MUST take 6983 * care to register a netlink notifier to see when the socket closes. 6984 * 6985 * If wdev != NULL, both the ifindex and identifier of the specified 6986 * wireless device are added to the event message before the vendor data 6987 * attribute. 6988 * 6989 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_vendor_event() with the 6990 * skb to send the event. 6991 * 6992 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 6993 */ 6994 static inline struct sk_buff * 6995 cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc_ucast(struct wiphy *wiphy, 6996 struct wireless_dev *wdev, 6997 unsigned int portid, int approxlen, 6998 int event_idx, gfp_t gfp) 6999 { 7000 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, wdev, NL80211_CMD_VENDOR, 7001 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA, 7002 portid, event_idx, approxlen, gfp); 7003 } 7004 7005 /** 7006 * cfg80211_vendor_event - send the event 7007 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc() 7008 * @gfp: allocation flags 7009 * 7010 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated 7011 * by cfg80211_vendor_event_alloc(), as an event. It always consumes it. 7012 */ 7013 static inline void cfg80211_vendor_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) 7014 { 7015 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); 7016 } 7017 7018 #ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE 7019 /** 7020 * DOC: Test mode 7021 * 7022 * Test mode is a set of utility functions to allow drivers to 7023 * interact with driver-specific tools to aid, for instance, 7024 * factory programming. 7025 * 7026 * This chapter describes how drivers interact with it, for more 7027 * information see the nl80211 book's chapter on it. 7028 */ 7029 7030 /** 7031 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb - allocate testmode reply 7032 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7033 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 7034 * be put into the skb 7035 * 7036 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for a reply to 7037 * the testmode command. Since it is intended for a reply, calling 7038 * it outside of the @testmode_cmd operation is invalid. 7039 * 7040 * The returned skb is pre-filled with the wiphy index and set up in 7041 * a way that any data that is put into the skb (with skb_put(), 7042 * nla_put() or similar) will end up being within the 7043 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute, so all that needs to be done 7044 * with the skb is adding data for the corresponding userspace tool 7045 * which can then read that data out of the testdata attribute. You 7046 * must not modify the skb in any other way. 7047 * 7048 * When done, call cfg80211_testmode_reply() with the skb and return 7049 * its error code as the result of the @testmode_cmd operation. 7050 * 7051 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 7052 */ 7053 static inline struct sk_buff * 7054 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen) 7055 { 7056 return __cfg80211_alloc_reply_skb(wiphy, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 7057 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, approxlen); 7058 } 7059 7060 /** 7061 * cfg80211_testmode_reply - send the reply skb 7062 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 7063 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() 7064 * 7065 * Since calling this function will usually be the last thing 7066 * before returning from the @testmode_cmd you should return 7067 * the error code. Note that this function consumes the skb 7068 * regardless of the return value. 7069 * 7070 * Return: An error code or 0 on success. 7071 */ 7072 static inline int cfg80211_testmode_reply(struct sk_buff *skb) 7073 { 7074 return cfg80211_vendor_cmd_reply(skb); 7075 } 7076 7077 /** 7078 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb - allocate testmode event 7079 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7080 * @approxlen: an upper bound of the length of the data that will 7081 * be put into the skb 7082 * @gfp: allocation flags 7083 * 7084 * This function allocates and pre-fills an skb for an event on the 7085 * testmode multicast group. 7086 * 7087 * The returned skb is set up in the same way as with 7088 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_reply_skb() but prepared for an event. As 7089 * there, you should simply add data to it that will then end up in the 7090 * %NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA attribute. Again, you must not modify the skb 7091 * in any other way. 7092 * 7093 * When done filling the skb, call cfg80211_testmode_event() with the 7094 * skb to send the event. 7095 * 7096 * Return: An allocated and pre-filled skb. %NULL if any errors happen. 7097 */ 7098 static inline struct sk_buff * 7099 cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(struct wiphy *wiphy, int approxlen, gfp_t gfp) 7100 { 7101 return __cfg80211_alloc_event_skb(wiphy, NULL, NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE, 7102 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA, 0, -1, 7103 approxlen, gfp); 7104 } 7105 7106 /** 7107 * cfg80211_testmode_event - send the event 7108 * @skb: The skb, must have been allocated with 7109 * cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb() 7110 * @gfp: allocation flags 7111 * 7112 * This function sends the given @skb, which must have been allocated 7113 * by cfg80211_testmode_alloc_event_skb(), as an event. It always 7114 * consumes it. 7115 */ 7116 static inline void cfg80211_testmode_event(struct sk_buff *skb, gfp_t gfp) 7117 { 7118 __cfg80211_send_event_skb(skb, gfp); 7119 } 7120 7121 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) .testmode_cmd = (cmd), 7122 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) .testmode_dump = (cmd), 7123 #else 7124 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_CMD(cmd) 7125 #define CFG80211_TESTMODE_DUMP(cmd) 7126 #endif 7127 7128 /** 7129 * struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params - FILS connection response params 7130 * @kek: KEK derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL) 7131 * @kek_len: Length of @fils_kek in octets 7132 * @update_erp_next_seq_num: Boolean value to specify whether the value in 7133 * @erp_next_seq_num is valid. 7134 * @erp_next_seq_num: The next sequence number to use in ERP message in 7135 * FILS Authentication. This value should be specified irrespective of the 7136 * status for a FILS connection. 7137 * @pmk: A new PMK if derived from a successful FILS connection (may be %NULL). 7138 * @pmk_len: Length of @pmk in octets 7139 * @pmkid: A new PMKID if derived from a successful FILS connection or the PMKID 7140 * used for this FILS connection (may be %NULL). 7141 */ 7142 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params { 7143 const u8 *kek; 7144 size_t kek_len; 7145 bool update_erp_next_seq_num; 7146 u16 erp_next_seq_num; 7147 const u8 *pmk; 7148 size_t pmk_len; 7149 const u8 *pmkid; 7150 }; 7151 7152 /** 7153 * struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params - Connection response params 7154 * @status: Status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 7155 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 7156 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a 7157 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame 7158 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to 7159 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. 7160 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that 7161 * case. 7162 * @bssid: The BSSID of the AP (may be %NULL) 7163 * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through 7164 * cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the 7165 * bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return 7166 * through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the 7167 * connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op. 7168 * Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified. 7169 * @req_ie: Association request IEs (may be %NULL) 7170 * @req_ie_len: Association request IEs length 7171 * @resp_ie: Association response IEs (may be %NULL) 7172 * @resp_ie_len: Association response IEs length 7173 * @fils: FILS connection response parameters. 7174 * @timeout_reason: Reason for connection timeout. This is used when the 7175 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from 7176 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is 7177 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the 7178 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. 7179 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). 7180 */ 7181 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params { 7182 int status; 7183 const u8 *bssid; 7184 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 7185 const u8 *req_ie; 7186 size_t req_ie_len; 7187 const u8 *resp_ie; 7188 size_t resp_ie_len; 7189 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils; 7190 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason; 7191 }; 7192 7193 /** 7194 * cfg80211_connect_done - notify cfg80211 of connection result 7195 * 7196 * @dev: network device 7197 * @params: connection response parameters 7198 * @gfp: allocation flags 7199 * 7200 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 7201 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 7202 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), but takes a structure pointer for connection response 7203 * parameters. Only one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), 7204 * cfg80211_connect_result(), cfg80211_connect_timeout(), 7205 * and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 7206 */ 7207 void cfg80211_connect_done(struct net_device *dev, 7208 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params *params, 7209 gfp_t gfp); 7210 7211 /** 7212 * cfg80211_connect_bss - notify cfg80211 of connection result 7213 * 7214 * @dev: network device 7215 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 7216 * @bss: Entry of bss to which STA got connected to, can be obtained through 7217 * cfg80211_get_bss() (may be %NULL). But it is recommended to store the 7218 * bss from the connect_request and hold a reference to it and return 7219 * through this param to avoid a warning if the bss is expired during the 7220 * connection, esp. for those drivers implementing connect op. 7221 * Only one parameter among @bssid and @bss needs to be specified. 7222 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 7223 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 7224 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 7225 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 7226 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 7227 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 7228 * the real status code for failures. If this call is used to report a 7229 * failure due to a timeout (e.g., not receiving an Authentication frame 7230 * from the AP) instead of an explicit rejection by the AP, -1 is used to 7231 * indicate that this is a failure, but without a status code. 7232 * @timeout_reason is used to report the reason for the timeout in that 7233 * case. 7234 * @gfp: allocation flags 7235 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. This is used when the 7236 * connection fails due to a timeout instead of an explicit rejection from 7237 * the AP. %NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED is used when the timeout reason is 7238 * not known. This value is used only if @status < 0 to indicate that the 7239 * failure is due to a timeout and not due to explicit rejection by the AP. 7240 * This value is ignored in other cases (@status >= 0). 7241 * 7242 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 7243 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 7244 * cfg80211_connect_result(), but with the option of identifying the exact bss 7245 * entry for the connection. Only one of the functions among 7246 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 7247 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 7248 */ 7249 static inline void 7250 cfg80211_connect_bss(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 7251 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, const u8 *req_ie, 7252 size_t req_ie_len, const u8 *resp_ie, 7253 size_t resp_ie_len, int status, gfp_t gfp, 7254 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) 7255 { 7256 struct cfg80211_connect_resp_params params; 7257 7258 memset(¶ms, 0, sizeof(params)); 7259 params.status = status; 7260 params.bssid = bssid; 7261 params.bss = bss; 7262 params.req_ie = req_ie; 7263 params.req_ie_len = req_ie_len; 7264 params.resp_ie = resp_ie; 7265 params.resp_ie_len = resp_ie_len; 7266 params.timeout_reason = timeout_reason; 7267 7268 cfg80211_connect_done(dev, ¶ms, gfp); 7269 } 7270 7271 /** 7272 * cfg80211_connect_result - notify cfg80211 of connection result 7273 * 7274 * @dev: network device 7275 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 7276 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 7277 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 7278 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 7279 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 7280 * @status: status code, %WLAN_STATUS_SUCCESS for successful connection, use 7281 * %WLAN_STATUS_UNSPECIFIED_FAILURE if your device cannot give you 7282 * the real status code for failures. 7283 * @gfp: allocation flags 7284 * 7285 * It should be called by the underlying driver once execution of the connection 7286 * request from connect() has been completed. This is similar to 7287 * cfg80211_connect_bss() which allows the exact bss entry to be specified. Only 7288 * one of the functions among cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 7289 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 7290 */ 7291 static inline void 7292 cfg80211_connect_result(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 7293 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, 7294 const u8 *resp_ie, size_t resp_ie_len, 7295 u16 status, gfp_t gfp) 7296 { 7297 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, resp_ie, 7298 resp_ie_len, status, gfp, 7299 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED); 7300 } 7301 7302 /** 7303 * cfg80211_connect_timeout - notify cfg80211 of connection timeout 7304 * 7305 * @dev: network device 7306 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 7307 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 7308 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 7309 * @gfp: allocation flags 7310 * @timeout_reason: reason for connection timeout. 7311 * 7312 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever connect() has failed 7313 * in a sequence where no explicit authentication/association rejection was 7314 * received from the AP. This could happen, e.g., due to not being able to send 7315 * out the Authentication or Association Request frame or timing out while 7316 * waiting for the response. Only one of the functions among 7317 * cfg80211_connect_bss(), cfg80211_connect_result(), 7318 * cfg80211_connect_timeout(), and cfg80211_connect_done() should be called. 7319 */ 7320 static inline void 7321 cfg80211_connect_timeout(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 7322 const u8 *req_ie, size_t req_ie_len, gfp_t gfp, 7323 enum nl80211_timeout_reason timeout_reason) 7324 { 7325 cfg80211_connect_bss(dev, bssid, NULL, req_ie, req_ie_len, NULL, 0, -1, 7326 gfp, timeout_reason); 7327 } 7328 7329 /** 7330 * struct cfg80211_roam_info - driver initiated roaming information 7331 * 7332 * @channel: the channel of the new AP 7333 * @bss: entry of bss to which STA got roamed (may be %NULL if %bssid is set) 7334 * @bssid: the BSSID of the new AP (may be %NULL if %bss is set) 7335 * @req_ie: association request IEs (maybe be %NULL) 7336 * @req_ie_len: association request IEs length 7337 * @resp_ie: association response IEs (may be %NULL) 7338 * @resp_ie_len: assoc response IEs length 7339 * @fils: FILS related roaming information. 7340 */ 7341 struct cfg80211_roam_info { 7342 struct ieee80211_channel *channel; 7343 struct cfg80211_bss *bss; 7344 const u8 *bssid; 7345 const u8 *req_ie; 7346 size_t req_ie_len; 7347 const u8 *resp_ie; 7348 size_t resp_ie_len; 7349 struct cfg80211_fils_resp_params fils; 7350 }; 7351 7352 /** 7353 * cfg80211_roamed - notify cfg80211 of roaming 7354 * 7355 * @dev: network device 7356 * @info: information about the new BSS. struct &cfg80211_roam_info. 7357 * @gfp: allocation flags 7358 * 7359 * This function may be called with the driver passing either the BSSID of the 7360 * new AP or passing the bss entry to avoid a race in timeout of the bss entry. 7361 * It should be called by the underlying driver whenever it roamed from one AP 7362 * to another while connected. Drivers which have roaming implemented in 7363 * firmware should pass the bss entry to avoid a race in bss entry timeout where 7364 * the bss entry of the new AP is seen in the driver, but gets timed out by the 7365 * time it is accessed in __cfg80211_roamed() due to delay in scheduling 7366 * rdev->event_work. In case of any failures, the reference is released 7367 * either in cfg80211_roamed() or in __cfg80211_romed(), Otherwise, it will be 7368 * released while disconnecting from the current bss. 7369 */ 7370 void cfg80211_roamed(struct net_device *dev, struct cfg80211_roam_info *info, 7371 gfp_t gfp); 7372 7373 /** 7374 * cfg80211_port_authorized - notify cfg80211 of successful security association 7375 * 7376 * @dev: network device 7377 * @bssid: the BSSID of the AP 7378 * @gfp: allocation flags 7379 * 7380 * This function should be called by a driver that supports 4 way handshake 7381 * offload after a security association was successfully established (i.e., 7382 * the 4 way handshake was completed successfully). The call to this function 7383 * should be preceded with a call to cfg80211_connect_result(), 7384 * cfg80211_connect_done(), cfg80211_connect_bss() or cfg80211_roamed() to 7385 * indicate the 802.11 association. 7386 */ 7387 void cfg80211_port_authorized(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 7388 gfp_t gfp); 7389 7390 /** 7391 * cfg80211_disconnected - notify cfg80211 that connection was dropped 7392 * 7393 * @dev: network device 7394 * @ie: information elements of the deauth/disassoc frame (may be %NULL) 7395 * @ie_len: length of IEs 7396 * @reason: reason code for the disconnection, set it to 0 if unknown 7397 * @locally_generated: disconnection was requested locally 7398 * @gfp: allocation flags 7399 * 7400 * After it calls this function, the driver should enter an idle state 7401 * and not try to connect to any AP any more. 7402 */ 7403 void cfg80211_disconnected(struct net_device *dev, u16 reason, 7404 const u8 *ie, size_t ie_len, 7405 bool locally_generated, gfp_t gfp); 7406 7407 /** 7408 * cfg80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain_on_channel start 7409 * @wdev: wireless device 7410 * @cookie: the request cookie 7411 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) 7412 * @duration: Duration in milliseconds that the driver intents to remain on the 7413 * channel 7414 * @gfp: allocation flags 7415 */ 7416 void cfg80211_ready_on_channel(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 7417 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 7418 unsigned int duration, gfp_t gfp); 7419 7420 /** 7421 * cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired 7422 * @wdev: wireless device 7423 * @cookie: the request cookie 7424 * @chan: The current channel (from remain_on_channel request) 7425 * @gfp: allocation flags 7426 */ 7427 void cfg80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 7428 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, 7429 gfp_t gfp); 7430 7431 /** 7432 * cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired - tx_mgmt duration expired 7433 * @wdev: wireless device 7434 * @cookie: the requested cookie 7435 * @chan: The current channel (from tx_mgmt request) 7436 * @gfp: allocation flags 7437 */ 7438 void cfg80211_tx_mgmt_expired(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 7439 struct ieee80211_channel *chan, gfp_t gfp); 7440 7441 /** 7442 * cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats - allocate per-tid statistics. 7443 * 7444 * @sinfo: the station information 7445 * @gfp: allocation flags 7446 */ 7447 int cfg80211_sinfo_alloc_tid_stats(struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 7448 7449 /** 7450 * cfg80211_sinfo_release_content - release contents of station info 7451 * @sinfo: the station information 7452 * 7453 * Releases any potentially allocated sub-information of the station 7454 * information, but not the struct itself (since it's typically on 7455 * the stack.) 7456 */ 7457 static inline void cfg80211_sinfo_release_content(struct station_info *sinfo) 7458 { 7459 kfree(sinfo->pertid); 7460 } 7461 7462 /** 7463 * cfg80211_new_sta - notify userspace about station 7464 * 7465 * @dev: the netdev 7466 * @mac_addr: the station's address 7467 * @sinfo: the station information 7468 * @gfp: allocation flags 7469 */ 7470 void cfg80211_new_sta(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 7471 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 7472 7473 /** 7474 * cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo - notify userspace about deletion of a station 7475 * @dev: the netdev 7476 * @mac_addr: the station's address 7477 * @sinfo: the station information/statistics 7478 * @gfp: allocation flags 7479 */ 7480 void cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 7481 struct station_info *sinfo, gfp_t gfp); 7482 7483 /** 7484 * cfg80211_del_sta - notify userspace about deletion of a station 7485 * 7486 * @dev: the netdev 7487 * @mac_addr: the station's address 7488 * @gfp: allocation flags 7489 */ 7490 static inline void cfg80211_del_sta(struct net_device *dev, 7491 const u8 *mac_addr, gfp_t gfp) 7492 { 7493 cfg80211_del_sta_sinfo(dev, mac_addr, NULL, gfp); 7494 } 7495 7496 /** 7497 * cfg80211_conn_failed - connection request failed notification 7498 * 7499 * @dev: the netdev 7500 * @mac_addr: the station's address 7501 * @reason: the reason for connection failure 7502 * @gfp: allocation flags 7503 * 7504 * Whenever a station tries to connect to an AP and if the station 7505 * could not connect to the AP as the AP has rejected the connection 7506 * for some reasons, this function is called. 7507 * 7508 * The reason for connection failure can be any of the value from 7509 * nl80211_connect_failed_reason enum 7510 */ 7511 void cfg80211_conn_failed(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac_addr, 7512 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason reason, 7513 gfp_t gfp); 7514 7515 /** 7516 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz - notification of received, unprocessed management frame 7517 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 7518 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in KHz 7519 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 7520 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 7521 * @len: length of the frame data 7522 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags 7523 * 7524 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station 7525 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. 7526 * 7527 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. 7528 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized 7529 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the 7530 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. 7531 */ 7532 bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, int sig_dbm, 7533 const u8 *buf, size_t len, u32 flags); 7534 7535 /** 7536 * cfg80211_rx_mgmt - notification of received, unprocessed management frame 7537 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 7538 * @freq: Frequency on which the frame was received in MHz 7539 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 7540 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 7541 * @len: length of the frame data 7542 * @flags: flags, as defined in enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags 7543 * 7544 * This function is called whenever an Action frame is received for a station 7545 * mode interface, but is not processed in kernel. 7546 * 7547 * Return: %true if a user space application has registered for this frame. 7548 * For action frames, that makes it responsible for rejecting unrecognized 7549 * action frames; %false otherwise, in which case for action frames the 7550 * driver is responsible for rejecting the frame. 7551 */ 7552 static inline bool cfg80211_rx_mgmt(struct wireless_dev *wdev, int freq, 7553 int sig_dbm, const u8 *buf, size_t len, 7554 u32 flags) 7555 { 7556 return cfg80211_rx_mgmt_khz(wdev, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq), sig_dbm, buf, len, 7557 flags); 7558 } 7559 7560 /** 7561 * cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status - notification of TX status for management frame 7562 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 7563 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() 7564 * @buf: Management frame (header + body) 7565 * @len: length of the frame data 7566 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged 7567 * @gfp: context flags 7568 * 7569 * This function is called whenever a management frame was requested to be 7570 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::mgmt_tx() to report the TX status of the 7571 * transmission attempt. 7572 */ 7573 void cfg80211_mgmt_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 7574 const u8 *buf, size_t len, bool ack, gfp_t gfp); 7575 7576 /** 7577 * cfg80211_control_port_tx_status - notification of TX status for control 7578 * port frames 7579 * @wdev: wireless device receiving the frame 7580 * @cookie: Cookie returned by cfg80211_ops::tx_control_port() 7581 * @buf: Data frame (header + body) 7582 * @len: length of the frame data 7583 * @ack: Whether frame was acknowledged 7584 * @gfp: context flags 7585 * 7586 * This function is called whenever a control port frame was requested to be 7587 * transmitted with cfg80211_ops::tx_control_port() to report the TX status of 7588 * the transmission attempt. 7589 */ 7590 void cfg80211_control_port_tx_status(struct wireless_dev *wdev, u64 cookie, 7591 const u8 *buf, size_t len, bool ack, 7592 gfp_t gfp); 7593 7594 /** 7595 * cfg80211_rx_control_port - notification about a received control port frame 7596 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 7597 * @skb: The skbuf with the control port frame. It is assumed that the skbuf 7598 * is 802.3 formatted (with 802.3 header). The skb can be non-linear. 7599 * This function does not take ownership of the skb, so the caller is 7600 * responsible for any cleanup. The caller must also ensure that 7601 * skb->protocol is set appropriately. 7602 * @unencrypted: Whether the frame was received unencrypted 7603 * 7604 * This function is used to inform userspace about a received control port 7605 * frame. It should only be used if userspace indicated it wants to receive 7606 * control port frames over nl80211. 7607 * 7608 * The frame is the data portion of the 802.3 or 802.11 data frame with all 7609 * network layer headers removed (e.g. the raw EAPoL frame). 7610 * 7611 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace 7612 */ 7613 bool cfg80211_rx_control_port(struct net_device *dev, 7614 struct sk_buff *skb, bool unencrypted); 7615 7616 /** 7617 * cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify - connection quality monitoring rssi event 7618 * @dev: network device 7619 * @rssi_event: the triggered RSSI event 7620 * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available 7621 * @gfp: context flags 7622 * 7623 * This function is called when a configured connection quality monitoring 7624 * rssi threshold reached event occurs. 7625 */ 7626 void cfg80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct net_device *dev, 7627 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event, 7628 s32 rssi_level, gfp_t gfp); 7629 7630 /** 7631 * cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify - notify userspace about packetloss to peer 7632 * @dev: network device 7633 * @peer: peer's MAC address 7634 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost -- should be a fixed threshold 7635 * but probably no less than maybe 50, or maybe a throughput dependent 7636 * threshold (to account for temporary interference) 7637 * @gfp: context flags 7638 */ 7639 void cfg80211_cqm_pktloss_notify(struct net_device *dev, 7640 const u8 *peer, u32 num_packets, gfp_t gfp); 7641 7642 /** 7643 * cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify - TX error rate event 7644 * @dev: network device 7645 * @peer: peer's MAC address 7646 * @num_packets: how many packets were lost 7647 * @rate: % of packets which failed transmission 7648 * @intvl: interval (in s) over which the TX failure threshold was breached. 7649 * @gfp: context flags 7650 * 7651 * Notify userspace when configured % TX failures over number of packets in a 7652 * given interval is exceeded. 7653 */ 7654 void cfg80211_cqm_txe_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, 7655 u32 num_packets, u32 rate, u32 intvl, gfp_t gfp); 7656 7657 /** 7658 * cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - beacon loss event 7659 * @dev: network device 7660 * @gfp: context flags 7661 * 7662 * Notify userspace about beacon loss from the connected AP. 7663 */ 7664 void cfg80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct net_device *dev, gfp_t gfp); 7665 7666 /** 7667 * __cfg80211_radar_event - radar detection event 7668 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7669 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel 7670 * @offchan: the radar has been detected on the offchannel chain 7671 * @gfp: context flags 7672 * 7673 * This function is called when a radar is detected on the current chanenl. 7674 */ 7675 void __cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7676 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7677 bool offchan, gfp_t gfp); 7678 7679 static inline void 7680 cfg80211_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7681 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7682 gfp_t gfp) 7683 { 7684 __cfg80211_radar_event(wiphy, chandef, false, gfp); 7685 } 7686 7687 static inline void 7688 cfg80211_background_radar_event(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7689 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7690 gfp_t gfp) 7691 { 7692 __cfg80211_radar_event(wiphy, chandef, true, gfp); 7693 } 7694 7695 /** 7696 * cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify - STA's ht/vht operation mode change event 7697 * @dev: network device 7698 * @mac: MAC address of a station which opmode got modified 7699 * @sta_opmode: station's current opmode value 7700 * @gfp: context flags 7701 * 7702 * Driver should call this function when station's opmode modified via action 7703 * frame. 7704 */ 7705 void cfg80211_sta_opmode_change_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *mac, 7706 struct sta_opmode_info *sta_opmode, 7707 gfp_t gfp); 7708 7709 /** 7710 * cfg80211_cac_event - Channel availability check (CAC) event 7711 * @netdev: network device 7712 * @chandef: chandef for the current channel 7713 * @event: type of event 7714 * @gfp: context flags 7715 * 7716 * This function is called when a Channel availability check (CAC) is finished 7717 * or aborted. This must be called to notify the completion of a CAC process, 7718 * also by full-MAC drivers. 7719 */ 7720 void cfg80211_cac_event(struct net_device *netdev, 7721 const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7722 enum nl80211_radar_event event, gfp_t gfp); 7723 7724 /** 7725 * cfg80211_background_cac_abort - Channel Availability Check offchan abort event 7726 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7727 * 7728 * This function is called by the driver when a Channel Availability Check 7729 * (CAC) is aborted by a offchannel dedicated chain. 7730 */ 7731 void cfg80211_background_cac_abort(struct wiphy *wiphy); 7732 7733 /** 7734 * cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace about driver rekeying 7735 * @dev: network device 7736 * @bssid: BSSID of AP (to avoid races) 7737 * @replay_ctr: new replay counter 7738 * @gfp: allocation flags 7739 */ 7740 void cfg80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *bssid, 7741 const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp); 7742 7743 /** 7744 * cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify - notify about PMKSA caching candidate 7745 * @dev: network device 7746 * @index: candidate index (the smaller the index, the higher the priority) 7747 * @bssid: BSSID of AP 7748 * @preauth: Whether AP advertises support for RSN pre-authentication 7749 * @gfp: allocation flags 7750 */ 7751 void cfg80211_pmksa_candidate_notify(struct net_device *dev, int index, 7752 const u8 *bssid, bool preauth, gfp_t gfp); 7753 7754 /** 7755 * cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame - inform userspace about a spurious frame 7756 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 7757 * @addr: the transmitter address 7758 * @gfp: context flags 7759 * 7760 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that 7761 * a spurious class 3 frame was received, to be able to deauth the 7762 * sender. 7763 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed 7764 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.) 7765 */ 7766 bool cfg80211_rx_spurious_frame(struct net_device *dev, 7767 const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp); 7768 7769 /** 7770 * cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame - inform about unexpected WDS frame 7771 * @dev: The device the frame matched to 7772 * @addr: the transmitter address 7773 * @gfp: context flags 7774 * 7775 * This function is used in AP mode (only!) to inform userspace that 7776 * an associated station sent a 4addr frame but that wasn't expected. 7777 * It is allowed and desirable to send this event only once for each 7778 * station to avoid event flooding. 7779 * Return: %true if the frame was passed to userspace (or this failed 7780 * for a reason other than not having a subscription.) 7781 */ 7782 bool cfg80211_rx_unexpected_4addr_frame(struct net_device *dev, 7783 const u8 *addr, gfp_t gfp); 7784 7785 /** 7786 * cfg80211_probe_status - notify userspace about probe status 7787 * @dev: the device the probe was sent on 7788 * @addr: the address of the peer 7789 * @cookie: the cookie filled in @probe_client previously 7790 * @acked: indicates whether probe was acked or not 7791 * @ack_signal: signal strength (in dBm) of the ACK frame. 7792 * @is_valid_ack_signal: indicates the ack_signal is valid or not. 7793 * @gfp: allocation flags 7794 */ 7795 void cfg80211_probe_status(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *addr, 7796 u64 cookie, bool acked, s32 ack_signal, 7797 bool is_valid_ack_signal, gfp_t gfp); 7798 7799 /** 7800 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz - report beacon from other APs 7801 * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon 7802 * @frame: the frame 7803 * @len: length of the frame 7804 * @freq: frequency the frame was received on in KHz 7805 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 7806 * 7807 * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was 7808 * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no 7809 * netdev that is in AP/GO mode. 7810 */ 7811 void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz(struct wiphy *wiphy, const u8 *frame, 7812 size_t len, int freq, int sig_dbm); 7813 7814 /** 7815 * cfg80211_report_obss_beacon - report beacon from other APs 7816 * @wiphy: The wiphy that received the beacon 7817 * @frame: the frame 7818 * @len: length of the frame 7819 * @freq: frequency the frame was received on 7820 * @sig_dbm: signal strength in dBm, or 0 if unknown 7821 * 7822 * Use this function to report to userspace when a beacon was 7823 * received. It is not useful to call this when there is no 7824 * netdev that is in AP/GO mode. 7825 */ 7826 static inline void cfg80211_report_obss_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7827 const u8 *frame, size_t len, 7828 int freq, int sig_dbm) 7829 { 7830 cfg80211_report_obss_beacon_khz(wiphy, frame, len, MHZ_TO_KHZ(freq), 7831 sig_dbm); 7832 } 7833 7834 /** 7835 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon - check if beaconing is allowed 7836 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7837 * @chandef: the channel definition 7838 * @iftype: interface type 7839 * 7840 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) 7841 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.) 7842 */ 7843 bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7844 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7845 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 7846 7847 /** 7848 * cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax - check if beaconing is allowed with relaxation 7849 * @wiphy: the wiphy 7850 * @chandef: the channel definition 7851 * @iftype: interface type 7852 * 7853 * Return: %true if there is no secondary channel or the secondary channel(s) 7854 * can be used for beaconing (i.e. is not a radar channel etc.). This version 7855 * also checks if IR-relaxation conditions apply, to allow beaconing under 7856 * more permissive conditions. 7857 * 7858 * Requires the wiphy mutex to be held. 7859 */ 7860 bool cfg80211_reg_can_beacon_relax(struct wiphy *wiphy, 7861 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7862 enum nl80211_iftype iftype); 7863 7864 /* 7865 * cfg80211_ch_switch_notify - update wdev channel and notify userspace 7866 * @dev: the device which switched channels 7867 * @chandef: the new channel definition 7868 * 7869 * Caller must acquire wdev_lock, therefore must only be called from sleepable 7870 * driver context! 7871 */ 7872 void cfg80211_ch_switch_notify(struct net_device *dev, 7873 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef); 7874 7875 /* 7876 * cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify - notify channel switch start 7877 * @dev: the device on which the channel switch started 7878 * @chandef: the future channel definition 7879 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the channel switch happens 7880 * @quiet: whether or not immediate quiet was requested by the AP 7881 * 7882 * Inform the userspace about the channel switch that has just 7883 * started, so that it can take appropriate actions (eg. starting 7884 * channel switch on other vifs), if necessary. 7885 */ 7886 void cfg80211_ch_switch_started_notify(struct net_device *dev, 7887 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7888 u8 count, bool quiet); 7889 7890 /** 7891 * ieee80211_operating_class_to_band - convert operating class to band 7892 * 7893 * @operating_class: the operating class to convert 7894 * @band: band pointer to fill 7895 * 7896 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 7897 */ 7898 bool ieee80211_operating_class_to_band(u8 operating_class, 7899 enum nl80211_band *band); 7900 7901 /** 7902 * ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class - convert chandef to operation class 7903 * 7904 * @chandef: the chandef to convert 7905 * @op_class: a pointer to the resulting operating class 7906 * 7907 * Returns %true if the conversion was successful, %false otherwise. 7908 */ 7909 bool ieee80211_chandef_to_operating_class(struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef, 7910 u8 *op_class); 7911 7912 /** 7913 * ieee80211_chandef_to_khz - convert chandef to frequency in KHz 7914 * 7915 * @chandef: the chandef to convert 7916 * 7917 * Returns the center frequency of chandef (1st segment) in KHz. 7918 */ 7919 static inline u32 7920 ieee80211_chandef_to_khz(const struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef) 7921 { 7922 return MHZ_TO_KHZ(chandef->center_freq1) + chandef->freq1_offset; 7923 } 7924 7925 /* 7926 * cfg80211_tdls_oper_request - request userspace to perform TDLS operation 7927 * @dev: the device on which the operation is requested 7928 * @peer: the MAC address of the peer device 7929 * @oper: the requested TDLS operation (NL80211_TDLS_SETUP or 7930 * NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN) 7931 * @reason_code: the reason code for teardown request 7932 * @gfp: allocation flags 7933 * 7934 * This function is used to request userspace to perform TDLS operation that 7935 * requires knowledge of keys, i.e., link setup or teardown when the AP 7936 * connection uses encryption. This is optional mechanism for the driver to use 7937 * if it can automatically determine when a TDLS link could be useful (e.g., 7938 * based on traffic and signal strength for a peer). 7939 */ 7940 void cfg80211_tdls_oper_request(struct net_device *dev, const u8 *peer, 7941 enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper, 7942 u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp); 7943 7944 /* 7945 * cfg80211_calculate_bitrate - calculate actual bitrate (in 100Kbps units) 7946 * @rate: given rate_info to calculate bitrate from 7947 * 7948 * return 0 if MCS index >= 32 7949 */ 7950 u32 cfg80211_calculate_bitrate(struct rate_info *rate); 7951 7952 /** 7953 * cfg80211_unregister_wdev - remove the given wdev 7954 * @wdev: struct wireless_dev to remove 7955 * 7956 * This function removes the device so it can no longer be used. It is necessary 7957 * to call this function even when cfg80211 requests the removal of the device 7958 * by calling the del_virtual_intf() callback. The function must also be called 7959 * when the driver wishes to unregister the wdev, e.g. when the hardware device 7960 * is unbound from the driver. 7961 * 7962 * Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held. 7963 */ 7964 void cfg80211_unregister_wdev(struct wireless_dev *wdev); 7965 7966 /** 7967 * cfg80211_register_netdevice - register the given netdev 7968 * @dev: the netdev to register 7969 * 7970 * Note: In contexts coming from cfg80211 callbacks, you must call this rather 7971 * than register_netdevice(), unregister_netdev() is impossible as the RTNL is 7972 * held. Otherwise, both register_netdevice() and register_netdev() are usable 7973 * instead as well. 7974 * 7975 * Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held. 7976 */ 7977 int cfg80211_register_netdevice(struct net_device *dev); 7978 7979 /** 7980 * cfg80211_unregister_netdevice - unregister the given netdev 7981 * @dev: the netdev to register 7982 * 7983 * Note: In contexts coming from cfg80211 callbacks, you must call this rather 7984 * than unregister_netdevice(), unregister_netdev() is impossible as the RTNL 7985 * is held. Otherwise, both unregister_netdevice() and unregister_netdev() are 7986 * usable instead as well. 7987 * 7988 * Requires the RTNL and wiphy mutex to be held. 7989 */ 7990 static inline void cfg80211_unregister_netdevice(struct net_device *dev) 7991 { 7992 cfg80211_unregister_wdev(dev->ieee80211_ptr); 7993 } 7994 7995 /** 7996 * struct cfg80211_ft_event_params - FT Information Elements 7997 * @ies: FT IEs 7998 * @ies_len: length of the FT IE in bytes 7999 * @target_ap: target AP's MAC address 8000 * @ric_ies: RIC IE 8001 * @ric_ies_len: length of the RIC IE in bytes 8002 */ 8003 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params { 8004 const u8 *ies; 8005 size_t ies_len; 8006 const u8 *target_ap; 8007 const u8 *ric_ies; 8008 size_t ric_ies_len; 8009 }; 8010 8011 /** 8012 * cfg80211_ft_event - notify userspace about FT IE and RIC IE 8013 * @netdev: network device 8014 * @ft_event: IE information 8015 */ 8016 void cfg80211_ft_event(struct net_device *netdev, 8017 struct cfg80211_ft_event_params *ft_event); 8018 8019 /** 8020 * cfg80211_get_p2p_attr - find and copy a P2P attribute from IE buffer 8021 * @ies: the input IE buffer 8022 * @len: the input length 8023 * @attr: the attribute ID to find 8024 * @buf: output buffer, can be %NULL if the data isn't needed, e.g. 8025 * if the function is only called to get the needed buffer size 8026 * @bufsize: size of the output buffer 8027 * 8028 * The function finds a given P2P attribute in the (vendor) IEs and 8029 * copies its contents to the given buffer. 8030 * 8031 * Return: A negative error code (-%EILSEQ or -%ENOENT) if the data is 8032 * malformed or the attribute can't be found (respectively), or the 8033 * length of the found attribute (which can be zero). 8034 */ 8035 int cfg80211_get_p2p_attr(const u8 *ies, unsigned int len, 8036 enum ieee80211_p2p_attr_id attr, 8037 u8 *buf, unsigned int bufsize); 8038 8039 /** 8040 * ieee80211_ie_split_ric - split an IE buffer according to ordering (with RIC) 8041 * @ies: the IE buffer 8042 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer 8043 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before 8044 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next 8045 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. 8046 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array 8047 * @after_ric: array IE types that come after the RIC element 8048 * @n_after_ric: size of the @after_ric array 8049 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer 8050 * 8051 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset 8052 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be 8053 * split. 8054 * 8055 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this 8056 * has to be guaranteed by the caller! 8057 * 8058 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered 8059 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not 8060 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. 8061 * 8062 * The function returns the offset where the next part of the 8063 * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) 8064 * of the buffer should be used. 8065 */ 8066 size_t ieee80211_ie_split_ric(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, 8067 const u8 *ids, int n_ids, 8068 const u8 *after_ric, int n_after_ric, 8069 size_t offset); 8070 8071 /** 8072 * ieee80211_ie_split - split an IE buffer according to ordering 8073 * @ies: the IE buffer 8074 * @ielen: the length of the IE buffer 8075 * @ids: an array with element IDs that are allowed before 8076 * the split. A WLAN_EID_EXTENSION value means that the next 8077 * EID in the list is a sub-element of the EXTENSION IE. 8078 * @n_ids: the size of the element ID array 8079 * @offset: offset where to start splitting in the buffer 8080 * 8081 * This function splits an IE buffer by updating the @offset 8082 * variable to point to the location where the buffer should be 8083 * split. 8084 * 8085 * It assumes that the given IE buffer is well-formed, this 8086 * has to be guaranteed by the caller! 8087 * 8088 * It also assumes that the IEs in the buffer are ordered 8089 * correctly, if not the result of using this function will not 8090 * be ordered correctly either, i.e. it does no reordering. 8091 * 8092 * The function returns the offset where the next part of the 8093 * buffer starts, which may be @ielen if the entire (remainder) 8094 * of the buffer should be used. 8095 */ 8096 static inline size_t ieee80211_ie_split(const u8 *ies, size_t ielen, 8097 const u8 *ids, int n_ids, size_t offset) 8098 { 8099 return ieee80211_ie_split_ric(ies, ielen, ids, n_ids, NULL, 0, offset); 8100 } 8101 8102 /** 8103 * cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report wakeup from WoWLAN 8104 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the wakeup 8105 * @wakeup: the wakeup report 8106 * @gfp: allocation flags 8107 * 8108 * This function reports that the given device woke up. If it 8109 * caused the wakeup, report the reason(s), otherwise you may 8110 * pass %NULL as the @wakeup parameter to advertise that something 8111 * else caused the wakeup. 8112 */ 8113 void cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8114 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup, 8115 gfp_t gfp); 8116 8117 /** 8118 * cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped() - indicate critical protocol stopped by driver. 8119 * 8120 * @wdev: the wireless device for which critical protocol is stopped. 8121 * @gfp: allocation flags 8122 * 8123 * This function can be called by the driver to indicate it has reverted 8124 * operation back to normal. One reason could be that the duration given 8125 * by .crit_proto_start() has expired. 8126 */ 8127 void cfg80211_crit_proto_stopped(struct wireless_dev *wdev, gfp_t gfp); 8128 8129 /** 8130 * ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels - get number of channels device has 8131 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8132 * 8133 * Return: the number of channels supported by the device. 8134 */ 8135 unsigned int ieee80211_get_num_supported_channels(struct wiphy *wiphy); 8136 8137 /** 8138 * cfg80211_check_combinations - check interface combinations 8139 * 8140 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8141 * @params: the interface combinations parameter 8142 * 8143 * This function can be called by the driver to check whether a 8144 * combination of interfaces and their types are allowed according to 8145 * the interface combinations. 8146 */ 8147 int cfg80211_check_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8148 struct iface_combination_params *params); 8149 8150 /** 8151 * cfg80211_iter_combinations - iterate over matching combinations 8152 * 8153 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8154 * @params: the interface combinations parameter 8155 * @iter: function to call for each matching combination 8156 * @data: pointer to pass to iter function 8157 * 8158 * This function can be called by the driver to check what possible 8159 * combinations it fits in at a given moment, e.g. for channel switching 8160 * purposes. 8161 */ 8162 int cfg80211_iter_combinations(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8163 struct iface_combination_params *params, 8164 void (*iter)(const struct ieee80211_iface_combination *c, 8165 void *data), 8166 void *data); 8167 8168 /* 8169 * cfg80211_stop_iface - trigger interface disconnection 8170 * 8171 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8172 * @wdev: wireless device 8173 * @gfp: context flags 8174 * 8175 * Trigger interface to be stopped as if AP was stopped, IBSS/mesh left, STA 8176 * disconnected. 8177 * 8178 * Note: This doesn't need any locks and is asynchronous. 8179 */ 8180 void cfg80211_stop_iface(struct wiphy *wiphy, struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8181 gfp_t gfp); 8182 8183 /** 8184 * cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces - shut down all interfaces for a wiphy 8185 * @wiphy: the wiphy to shut down 8186 * 8187 * This function shuts down all interfaces belonging to this wiphy by 8188 * calling dev_close() (and treating non-netdev interfaces as needed). 8189 * It shouldn't really be used unless there are some fatal device errors 8190 * that really can't be recovered in any other way. 8191 * 8192 * Callers must hold the RTNL and be able to deal with callbacks into 8193 * the driver while the function is running. 8194 */ 8195 void cfg80211_shutdown_all_interfaces(struct wiphy *wiphy); 8196 8197 /** 8198 * wiphy_ext_feature_set - set the extended feature flag 8199 * 8200 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. 8201 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index. 8202 * 8203 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see 8204 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features) 8205 */ 8206 static inline void wiphy_ext_feature_set(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8207 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) 8208 { 8209 u8 *ft_byte; 8210 8211 ft_byte = &wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; 8212 *ft_byte |= BIT(ftidx % 8); 8213 } 8214 8215 /** 8216 * wiphy_ext_feature_isset - check the extended feature flag 8217 * 8218 * @wiphy: the wiphy to modify. 8219 * @ftidx: extended feature bit index. 8220 * 8221 * The extended features are flagged in multiple bytes (see 8222 * &struct wiphy.@ext_features) 8223 */ 8224 static inline bool 8225 wiphy_ext_feature_isset(struct wiphy *wiphy, 8226 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index ftidx) 8227 { 8228 u8 ft_byte; 8229 8230 ft_byte = wiphy->ext_features[ftidx / 8]; 8231 return (ft_byte & BIT(ftidx % 8)) != 0; 8232 } 8233 8234 /** 8235 * cfg80211_free_nan_func - free NAN function 8236 * @f: NAN function that should be freed 8237 * 8238 * Frees all the NAN function and all it's allocated members. 8239 */ 8240 void cfg80211_free_nan_func(struct cfg80211_nan_func *f); 8241 8242 /** 8243 * struct cfg80211_nan_match_params - NAN match parameters 8244 * @type: the type of the function that triggered a match. If it is 8245 * %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE it means that we replied to a subscriber. 8246 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH, it means that we got a discovery 8247 * result. 8248 * If it is %NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP, we received a follow up. 8249 * @inst_id: the local instance id 8250 * @peer_inst_id: the instance id of the peer's function 8251 * @addr: the MAC address of the peer 8252 * @info_len: the length of the &info 8253 * @info: the Service Specific Info from the peer (if any) 8254 * @cookie: unique identifier of the corresponding function 8255 */ 8256 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params { 8257 enum nl80211_nan_function_type type; 8258 u8 inst_id; 8259 u8 peer_inst_id; 8260 const u8 *addr; 8261 u8 info_len; 8262 const u8 *info; 8263 u64 cookie; 8264 }; 8265 8266 /** 8267 * cfg80211_nan_match - report a match for a NAN function. 8268 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match 8269 * @match: match notification parameters 8270 * @gfp: allocation flags 8271 * 8272 * This function reports that the a NAN function had a match. This 8273 * can be a subscribe that had a match or a solicited publish that 8274 * was sent. It can also be a follow up that was received. 8275 */ 8276 void cfg80211_nan_match(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8277 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match, gfp_t gfp); 8278 8279 /** 8280 * cfg80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination. 8281 * 8282 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the match 8283 * @inst_id: the local instance id 8284 * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*) 8285 * @cookie: unique NAN function identifier 8286 * @gfp: allocation flags 8287 * 8288 * This function reports that the a NAN function is terminated. 8289 */ 8290 void cfg80211_nan_func_terminated(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8291 u8 inst_id, 8292 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason, 8293 u64 cookie, gfp_t gfp); 8294 8295 /* ethtool helper */ 8296 void cfg80211_get_drvinfo(struct net_device *dev, struct ethtool_drvinfo *info); 8297 8298 /** 8299 * cfg80211_external_auth_request - userspace request for authentication 8300 * @netdev: network device 8301 * @params: External authentication parameters 8302 * @gfp: allocation flags 8303 * Returns: 0 on success, < 0 on error 8304 */ 8305 int cfg80211_external_auth_request(struct net_device *netdev, 8306 struct cfg80211_external_auth_params *params, 8307 gfp_t gfp); 8308 8309 /** 8310 * cfg80211_pmsr_report - report peer measurement result data 8311 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement 8312 * @req: the original measurement request 8313 * @result: the result data 8314 * @gfp: allocation flags 8315 */ 8316 void cfg80211_pmsr_report(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8317 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req, 8318 struct cfg80211_pmsr_result *result, 8319 gfp_t gfp); 8320 8321 /** 8322 * cfg80211_pmsr_complete - report peer measurement completed 8323 * @wdev: the wireless device reporting the measurement 8324 * @req: the original measurement request 8325 * @gfp: allocation flags 8326 * 8327 * Report that the entire measurement completed, after this 8328 * the request pointer will no longer be valid. 8329 */ 8330 void cfg80211_pmsr_complete(struct wireless_dev *wdev, 8331 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *req, 8332 gfp_t gfp); 8333 8334 /** 8335 * cfg80211_iftype_allowed - check whether the interface can be allowed 8336 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8337 * @iftype: interface type 8338 * @is_4addr: use_4addr flag, must be '0' when check_swif is '1' 8339 * @check_swif: check iftype against software interfaces 8340 * 8341 * Check whether the interface is allowed to operate; additionally, this API 8342 * can be used to check iftype against the software interfaces when 8343 * check_swif is '1'. 8344 */ 8345 bool cfg80211_iftype_allowed(struct wiphy *wiphy, enum nl80211_iftype iftype, 8346 bool is_4addr, u8 check_swif); 8347 8348 8349 /** 8350 * cfg80211_assoc_comeback - notification of association that was 8351 * temporarly rejected with a comeback 8352 * @netdev: network device 8353 * @bss: the bss entry with which association is in progress. 8354 * @timeout: timeout interval value TUs. 8355 * 8356 * this function may sleep. the caller must hold the corresponding wdev's mutex. 8357 */ 8358 void cfg80211_assoc_comeback(struct net_device *netdev, 8359 struct cfg80211_bss *bss, u32 timeout); 8360 8361 /* Logging, debugging and troubleshooting/diagnostic helpers. */ 8362 8363 /* wiphy_printk helpers, similar to dev_printk */ 8364 8365 #define wiphy_printk(level, wiphy, format, args...) \ 8366 dev_printk(level, &(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8367 #define wiphy_emerg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8368 dev_emerg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8369 #define wiphy_alert(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8370 dev_alert(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8371 #define wiphy_crit(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8372 dev_crit(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8373 #define wiphy_err(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8374 dev_err(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8375 #define wiphy_warn(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8376 dev_warn(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8377 #define wiphy_notice(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8378 dev_notice(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8379 #define wiphy_info(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8380 dev_info(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8381 #define wiphy_info_once(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8382 dev_info_once(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8383 8384 #define wiphy_err_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8385 dev_err_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8386 #define wiphy_warn_ratelimited(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8387 dev_warn_ratelimited(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8388 8389 #define wiphy_debug(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8390 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args) 8391 8392 #define wiphy_dbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8393 dev_dbg(&(wiphy)->dev, format, ##args) 8394 8395 #if defined(VERBOSE_DEBUG) 8396 #define wiphy_vdbg wiphy_dbg 8397 #else 8398 #define wiphy_vdbg(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8399 ({ \ 8400 if (0) \ 8401 wiphy_printk(KERN_DEBUG, wiphy, format, ##args); \ 8402 0; \ 8403 }) 8404 #endif 8405 8406 /* 8407 * wiphy_WARN() acts like wiphy_printk(), but with the key difference 8408 * of using a WARN/WARN_ON to get the message out, including the 8409 * file/line information and a backtrace. 8410 */ 8411 #define wiphy_WARN(wiphy, format, args...) \ 8412 WARN(1, "wiphy: %s\n" format, wiphy_name(wiphy), ##args); 8413 8414 /** 8415 * cfg80211_update_owe_info_event - Notify the peer's OWE info to user space 8416 * @netdev: network device 8417 * @owe_info: peer's owe info 8418 * @gfp: allocation flags 8419 */ 8420 void cfg80211_update_owe_info_event(struct net_device *netdev, 8421 struct cfg80211_update_owe_info *owe_info, 8422 gfp_t gfp); 8423 8424 /** 8425 * cfg80211_bss_flush - resets all the scan entries 8426 * @wiphy: the wiphy 8427 */ 8428 void cfg80211_bss_flush(struct wiphy *wiphy); 8429 8430 /** 8431 * cfg80211_bss_color_notify - notify about bss color event 8432 * @dev: network device 8433 * @gfp: allocation flags 8434 * @cmd: the actual event we want to notify 8435 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the color change happens 8436 * @color_bitmap: representations of the colors that the local BSS is aware of 8437 */ 8438 int cfg80211_bss_color_notify(struct net_device *dev, gfp_t gfp, 8439 enum nl80211_commands cmd, u8 count, 8440 u64 color_bitmap); 8441 8442 /** 8443 * cfg80211_obss_color_collision_notify - notify about bss color collision 8444 * @dev: network device 8445 * @color_bitmap: representations of the colors that the local BSS is aware of 8446 */ 8447 static inline int cfg80211_obss_color_collision_notify(struct net_device *dev, 8448 u64 color_bitmap) 8449 { 8450 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, GFP_KERNEL, 8451 NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION, 8452 0, color_bitmap); 8453 } 8454 8455 /** 8456 * cfg80211_color_change_started_notify - notify color change start 8457 * @dev: the device on which the color is switched 8458 * @count: the number of TBTTs until the color change happens 8459 * 8460 * Inform the userspace about the color change that has started. 8461 */ 8462 static inline int cfg80211_color_change_started_notify(struct net_device *dev, 8463 u8 count) 8464 { 8465 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, GFP_KERNEL, 8466 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED, 8467 count, 0); 8468 } 8469 8470 /** 8471 * cfg80211_color_change_aborted_notify - notify color change abort 8472 * @dev: the device on which the color is switched 8473 * 8474 * Inform the userspace about the color change that has aborted. 8475 */ 8476 static inline int cfg80211_color_change_aborted_notify(struct net_device *dev) 8477 { 8478 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, GFP_KERNEL, 8479 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED, 8480 0, 0); 8481 } 8482 8483 /** 8484 * cfg80211_color_change_notify - notify color change completion 8485 * @dev: the device on which the color was switched 8486 * 8487 * Inform the userspace about the color change that has completed. 8488 */ 8489 static inline int cfg80211_color_change_notify(struct net_device *dev) 8490 { 8491 return cfg80211_bss_color_notify(dev, GFP_KERNEL, 8492 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED, 8493 0, 0); 8494 } 8495 8496 #endif /* __NET_CFG80211_H */ 8497